FOR THE MOVERS AND SHAKERS WHO GET IT DONE

WAREHOUSE
ESSENTIALS
> Fast Delivery
> Inventory Management Solutions
> Safety Services Network
> Technical Product Support

Supplies and Solutions for Every Industry ®

 YOUR WAREHOUSE:
ORGANIZED

5S—THE KEY Organization Essentials

TO WAREHOUSE Put 5S strategies into action with products you’ll
find inside this catalog or at [Link]®.
ORGANIZATION
5S is a set of principles to help SORT
organize your warehouse operations Discard non-essential clutter from your
and boost efficiency and productivity. warehouse and you’ll spend less time
Each “S” represents a strategy that can searching for what you need.
help you identify and eliminate obstacles Trash Cans & Bags
to making your warehouse the best STRAIGHTEN
it can be. A place for everything and everything
Interested in learning more about in its place is vital to helping everyone
how you can use lean principles, find items quickly.
like 5S, to maintain a culture of Cabinets & Shelving
continuous improvement in your
warehouse? Grainger’s KnowHow® SHINE
site is filled with the latest ideas Properly cleaning your warehouse means
and information to help the ones equipment is cared for and workers feel a
who get it done do more. sense of pride in their workplace.
Check it out at: Cleaning Supplies
[Link]/5swarehouse STANDARDIZE
Getting everyone in your warehouse on
the same page helps identify and develop
ORDER YOUR WAY! the best ways to get jobs done.
> ONLINE White Boards
at [Link]® & Filing Cabinets
and view your pricing SUSTAIN
> ON THE GO Maintain these principles with employee
with the Grainger app advocacy and simple checklists to help
or mobile site ensure your 5S requirements are being met.
> ON THE PHONE Ergonomics
at 1-800-GRAINGER

> IN A BRANCH

when you want to stop by

Most in-stock orders received by 5 p.m. (at

the local time of the shipping facility) are
delivered to the contiguous U.S. the next
business day. Deliveries occur Monday-Friday,
excluding holidays.

SUPPLIES AND SOLUTIONS FOR EVERY INDUSTRY®

 CONTENTS
SAFETY ......................................... 2-17
MATERIAL HANDLING ............... 18-24
BOXES........................................ 25-27
When it comes to issues that may hold you back,
PACKAGING .............................. 28-46
sometimes you need a hand. Turn to Grainger for:
ADHESIVES & SEALANTS ......... 47-48
• Help with energy, safety, facilities and much more
HAND TOOLS ............................. 49-51
• Vetted service providers committed to quality
• Flexible solutions tailored to your business POWER TOOLS .......................... 52-53
It’s not about just fixing problems; Grainger Services provide you SECURITY .................................. 54-55
with the freedom to focus on what matters most to your business. LIGHTING ................................... 56-58
[Link]/graingerservices ELECTRICAL .............................. 59-62
TEST INSTRUMENTS ................. 63-64
Contact your Grainger rep for details, availability and eligibility. Services are provided by third-party providers and may be subject to a fee and agreement.
FLEET & VEHICLE
MAINTENANCE .......................... 65-66
MORE BOXES—MORE OPTIONS MOTORS & POWER
With over 1,600 types of boxes in stock, TRANSMISSION ......................... 67-68
you’ll find exactly what you need to pack, protect, LUBRICATION ............................ 69-70
store and ship everything! Turn to page 25 or
PNEUMATICS ............................. 71-72
learn more online at:
PUMPS & PLUMBING ................ 73-75
[Link]/BOXES
HVAC & REFRIGERATION .......... 76-78
FASTENERS ............................... 79-80
LET US HELP YOU CREATE A PAINT, EQUIPMENT
& SUPPLIES ............................... 81-82
SAFER WAREHOUSE
OFFICE SUPPLIES ..................... 83-84
Keeping employees safe isn’t just the right
thing to do, it’s smart. A safe warehouse is a FURNITURE, HOSPITALITY
productive warehouse and Grainger has products & FOOD SERVICE ...................... 85-87
and solutions that can help prevent costly downtime. CLEANING .................................. 88-95
[Link]/SAFETY TERMS & CONDITIONS .................... 96

TAKE CONTROL
OF YOUR STUFF
Inventory managed. Space organized.
Time and money saved.

Contact your Grainger rep or visit [Link]/keepstock to learn more.

Grainger KeepStock solutions are subject to customer eligibility and agreements.

1
SAFETY

Prevent Down Time and Protect Your Workers

V-Gard® 23Z355
4LN69 4LN96 23Z350
Hard Hats
Protective hard hats have a tough, Front Brim—Provide additional
lightweight shell with slots to permit protection for forehead and
easy attachment of accessories face.
such as hearing protection. 4-point Full Brim—Offers extra cover- Bump Caps
ratcheting suspension helps ensure a age at sides and back of neck. Caps protect against bumps and lacerations, and feature
custom, comfortable, slip-resistant fit. vents that provide easy airflow to help you stay cooler
Item and more comfortable on the job. With perforated sides
Color Suspension ANSI Classification No. and pinlock suspension with a polyethylene shell.
Front Brim
Item
White Ratchet (4-Point) Type 1, Class E 4LN95 Description Material Color No.
Blue Ratchet (4-Point) Type 1, Class E 4LN69 Vented Bump Cap Polyethylene White 23Z350
Full Brim Baseball-Style Inner Shell ABS,
White Ratchet (4-Point) Type 1, Class E 4LN96 Black 23Z355
Vented Bump Cap Outer Cotton

Evaporative Cooling Towel

Cellulose Sponge Moisture-wicking fabric draws sweat away
Super-evaporative PVA terry fabric allows
Sweatband the towel to soak up moisture and give
The soft sponge with stitched instant cooling relief for hours. The reus-
elastic band helps keep you dry and able towel is used for any kind of outdoor
comfortable. work in the heat and fits easily under hard
Pkg. Item hats and other protective headwear.
Description Color Qty. No. Item
Deluxe Description Size Color No.
Blue 100 2AF07 Evaporative Cooling Towel 13"L x 29 1⁄2"W Blue 2EMK6
Sweatbands

Hat-Mounted Ear Muffs

Padded ear cups seal around ears.
These ear muffs dampen sound to protect workers from harsh
noises. Ear muffs provide a consistent fit and a have a longer
5LE90 life than ear plugs.
Shell Mfr. Item
Series NRR Dielectric Color Model No.
SoundControl SH 25 dB Yes Gray 10129327 22EY59 .6111”
SPINE
22EY59 SoundControl HPE 27 dB Yes Gray 10061272 5LE90
safe area

2 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) SAFETY

54VH93 53YM05 53YL40

High Visibility Safety Vests

High-visibility vests help make its wearer more visible in low-light settings

5 in 1 Safety Non ANSI-Rated—Vests are an economical choice for use in situations where
meeting ANSI ratings is not a concern.
Insulated Parkas
ANSI-Rated—High visibility traffic vest must be worn in applications that require
Removable quilted polyester liner includes ANSI-rated vests. Durable, wrinkle-resistant polyester material holds its color.
zip-off sleeves.
These parkas have a quick-release hard- Back Stripe Item
Vest Material Vest Closure Type Pattern Color Stripe Color Vest Size No.
hat hood, two microphone loops, and an Not ANSI Rated
ID pocket with hook-and-loop closure. Polyester Mesh Hook-and-Loop Vertical Orange Silver 3XL 54VH93
The black cuffs and hemline hide dirt Polyester Mesh Hook-and-Loop Vertical Orange Silver S 53YL96
while 4" reflective stripes provide high Polyester Mesh Hook-and-Loop Vertical Lime Silver S 53YM03
visibility. The reflective striping has 4" Polyester Zipper U Pink Silver S 53YM05
contrast backing. ANSI/ISEA 107
Fits Chest Item Polyester Zipper U Lime Silver S 53YL40
Size Size L No.
M 38 in to 40 in 33 in 30WT21
L 42 in to 44 in 33 1⁄2 in 30WT22
XL 46 in to 48 in 34 in 30WT23
2XL 49 in to 51 in 34 1⁄2 in 30WT24
3XL 52 in to 54 in 35 in 30WT25
Denim Shop Apron
Comfortable, easy-to-care-for apron protects clothes from
stains and damage.
Serged seams and sewn-in straps extend the life of the
apron making it reliable for tough jobs.
No. of Item
Size L Material Seam Style Pockets No.
Universal 36 in Denim Serged Edge 3 1N874

D2328 E6973

High Visibility
Rain Jackets
Rain Jackets with Detachable
Hood—Chemical-resistant,
PVC jackets have snap closure.
Heat sealed seams.
AlphaTec® Bib Overalls 3-In-1 High Visibility Rain Jacket with Hood—Chemical-resistant and wind-resistant
Polyester overalls protect from chemical jacket has hook-and-loop, take-up strap cuff style. Stitched/taped seams. Includes
splash. removable fleece jacket liner, tapered drawcord sweep and 2 mic tabs. Liner material:
Maintains same appearance and perfor- mesh/taffeta.
mance level after multiple machine ▶CHOOSE: Item
washes. Breathable membrane moves Description Standards Size Rainwear Color Brand No.
sweat and moisture away from the body. Rain Jacket with ANSI/ISEA S, M, L, XL, Yellow/Green Condor D2328
Detachable Hood 107-2015 2XL, 3XL, 4XL
Item
ANSI/ISEA 107, S,2XL,
M, L, XL,
.6111” Size No. 3-In-1 High Visibility Rain 3XL, Black/Yellow Tingley E6973
SPINE S, M, L, XL, 2XL, 3XL, 4XL K3049 Jacket with Hood ASTM E96 4XL, 5XL
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 3

SAFETY

5FV17
Disposable Earplugs and Refills
Disposable single-use plugs for work settings that demand a high degree of comfort or
frequent changes, and where hygiene would bar reuse. Fit ear canals of all shapes and sizes.
No. 3WU37 is a bulk pack disposable ear plug refill, for use with Leight Source 500 and
HL400 ear plug dispensers.
Cord Metal Earplug Pair Cord Pairs Mfr. Item
Description NRR Shape Options Detectable Pack Type Color Size Per Pkg. Model No.
Max® 33 dB Bell Corded No Plastic Bag Blue Universal 100 MAX-30 5FV17
Laser Trak® 33 dB Contoured-T Corded Yes Plastic Bag Blue Universal 100 LT-30 4DY86
Laser Lite® 32 dB Contoured-T Corded No Plastic Bag Yellow Universal 100 LL-30 6XF60
Laser Lite® 32 dB Contoured-T Uncorded No Loose — Universal 500 LL-1-D 3WU37
4DY86 6XF60

Safety Glasses Dispensers

4GMR9
Dispensers accommodate packaged
or nonpackaged protective eyewear.
Wall-mount or countertop use. Mounting
hardware not included. 3TCA7
Safety Glasses Dispensing Tray—Double-
hinged top lid provides easy access and seals
out dust.
Safety Glasses Stack-Style Dispensers—All
have an open top for quick filling and a lower flip-up 23Z422
dispensing door in front. Item
Item Height Width Depth No.
Holds Material H W D No. PETG Dispensers
Safety Glasses Dispensing Tray Ear Plug Dispensers 11 in 6 in 8 in 4GMR9
Up to (8) Pairs Polyethylene 3 1⁄4 in 9 in 6 3⁄4 in 3TCA7 Keep out dust and restock 11 in 12 in 8 in 4GMT1
Safety Glasses Stack Style Dispensers quickly with easy-access Acrylic Dispensers
Up to 20 Pairs Acrylic 18 in 8 in 5 1⁄2 in 23Z420 hinged lid. Place on tabletop/ 5 7⁄8 in 9 in 6 in 23Z422
Up to (20) Pairs Polyethylene 15 3⁄4 in 8 in 4 in 3TCA5 3TCA5 countertop or wall-mount. 13 1⁄4 in 11 7⁄8 in 8 in 23Z423

Anti-Fog Safety Glasses

• Universal Size No. 2NYJ5—Dura-streme®
Clear lenses use dual-coat
No. 4VCL2—This pair of wrap- technology—antiscratch on the
around safety glasses offers outside, antifog on the inside.
comfort and protection with This pair features engineered
4VCL2 hardcoated lenses and soft comfort that conform to just
rubber grips for a secure hold. about any type of nasal bridge.
2NYJ5
Lens Lens Frame Item
Series Color Coating Color Temple Style Brand No.
Addison™ Clear Antifog, Anti-Scratch, Anti-Static Clear Bayonet Condor 4VCL2
Genesis Clear Anti-Scratch Black Spatula Honeywell Uvex 2NYJ5

Disposable Premoistened
Towelette Station
• Pack of 100
Nonabrasive, individually
wrapped towelettes clean
surfaces where product Disposable Lens Cleaning
purity is required. Towelette Station
The wipes have a nonsili- Silicone solution provides increased antifog-
cone solution and are ging and antistatic protection. Corrugated
used in work conditions station is countertop- or wall-mountable.
that prohibit silicone.
Lens
Lens Solution Treatment Tissue Tissue Station Station Station Mfr. Item
Solution Treatment Tissue Station Station Station Item Description Type Properties Count Size Height Width Depth Model No.
Type Properties Size Height Width Depth No. Bausch & Lomb® FogShield XP®
.6111”
Non- 5 in x Station with Anti-Fog, 5 in x
Silicone Anti-Static 8 in 8 in 5 3⁄8 in 2 3⁄8 in 2AR69 12-oz. Sprayer Silicone Anti-Static 1,520 6 1⁄2 in 10 in 7 1⁄2 in 5 1⁄4 in 8577 4FE63 SPINE
safe area

4 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) SAFETY

3ZL49

5JK52

Cowhide Driver's Gloves

Polyester/Cotton 5JK50 These leather gloves feature a seamless back for
Knit Gloves comfort and durability. The straight-thumb design
Comfortable polyester/cotton gloves help reduce hand fatigue. features a reinforced seam for durability, and extends
Ambidextrous with seamless construction and stretchable knit straight from the wrist for added flexibility.
wrist for fit and breathability. Item
Leather Palm Type Color Size No.
Double-Sided Coating—Fully reversible for extended wear.
Full-Grain White M 3ZL51
Coating Coating Glove Color Item Full-Grain White L 3ZL50
Material Finish Family Size No.
Polyester/Cotton Full-Grain White XL 3ZL49
Uncoated None Beige S 5JK53
Uncoated None Beige L 5JK52
Double-Sided Coating
PVC Dotted Beige S 5JK51
PVC Dotted Beige L 5JK50

4T488

3EE12

Nitrile Coated Black Rubber Electrical Insulating Gloves

Gloves These rubber insulating gloves protect against electrical shock
• A2 ANSI/ISEA Cut Level and are made from Type I natural rubber.
• Level 3 ANSI/ISEA Abrasion and Puncture Level They should be tested every 6 months at an authorized safety
Coated nitrile gloves offer protection, comfort, and dexterity equipment testing facility.
for increased productivity. Stretch Kevlar® lining provides a Item
comfortable fit, and the extended knit cuff offers extra protec- Class Size L No.
tion around the wrist. Gloves are foam dipped for a great grip, 9 4T488
even in light oil applications. 0 10 11" 4T489
Puncture Coating Coating Glove Item 11 4T490
Size Resistant Coverage Finish Cut No.
Kevlar and Kevlar Blend Lining
® ®

S Yes Palm and Fingers Rough Clute 3EE12

M Yes Palm and Fingers Rough Clute 3EE13
L Yes Palm and Fingers Rough Clute 3EE14
XL Yes Palm and Fingers Rough Clute 3EE15

TAKE CONTROL OF YOUR STUFF

What if there were an easier way to ensure you have
the right parts in the right place at the right time?
Put Grainger’s expertise to work for you. It’s almost Glove Box Dispenser
like managing your inventory on autopilot. Glove box dispenser keeps gloves neatly organized for
Inventory managed. Space organized. convenient access. Accommodates all brands and box
Time and money saved. sizes. Easy to install.
Item
.6111”
SPINE
> Learn more at [Link]/keepstock Description Material H W D No.
Triple Stainless Steel Stainless Steel 10 in 16 in 3 3⁄4 in 6GLA1
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 5

SAFETY

1EC63
21ER47

Elastic Back
Supports with Stay
These back supports provide
gentle compression and warmth Foam-Core Back Supports
for a more comfortable fit. They Designed to complement comprehensive workplace
include 2 support stays, an all- programs meant to help protect workers from back
elastic body, and adjustable, injuries, these compression-based supports are
detachable 1 1⁄2" suspenders. made with durable nylon fabric and an EVA memory
Closure Item foam core. With a roller-style buckle, hook-and-loop
Size W Type No. closure. A hook-and-loop attachment helps keep your
Elastic Knit Supports with Adjustable Shoulder Strap Guide radio close at hand.
M 1EC63 Item
L Single Strap Hook- 1EC64 Size W No.
7 1⁄2 in and-Loop
XL 1EC65 M 5 in 21ER47
2XL 1EC66 L 5 in 21ER46

3TCJ5

Shoulder Support
Open-Patella
Alleviate discomfort from repetitive tasks.
Nonporous rubberized material captures Elbow Sleeve Knee Supports
body heat, increases circulation, and Contoured Ergodyne® sleeve conforms Supports deliver stabiliza-
provides compression. to the body's natural shape. Four-way tion without sacrificing Item
stretch fabric provides uniform support comfort. Made of comfort- Size No.
Material Fits Style Item No.
and warmth. Ambidextrous. able, vented neoprene S 3TCJ7
35 to
Moisture 40 in Fits Left or Right 21NN81 M 3TCJ6
Wicking Side, Hook-and-
Item with a terry cloth lining
40 to Size Fits Material No.
and nylon outer shell. L 3TCJ5
Lining Loop Closure 21NN82
47 in M 10 to 11 in Neoprene 34DW10 XL 3TCJ8
Sleek, contoured fit.

5MZP1
12F682
5MZN5
Knee Pads
Provides protection against manual Non-marring pads have Non-skid pads have a polypropylene Stabilizer pads have a poly-
repetitive motion injuries. a polyester cap along with cap and an EVA Foam pad material propylene and TPR outer
These knee pads feature a EVA & PU Gel pad mate- to aid against shocks, impacts, and cap with EVA and PU gel
hook-and-loop closure along rial to cushion knees. They injury. Two quick-release straps make padding for extra protection.
with elastic straps to fit all sizes. include one strap. them easier to remove. They include one strap.
Cap Pad Closure Strap No. of Item
Style Material Material Type Material Straps No.
Nonmarring Polyester EVA and PU Gel Hook-and-Loop Elastic 1 5MZP1
Nonskid Polypropylene EVA Foam Hook-and-Loop, Quick Release Elastic 2 12F682 .6111”
Stabilizer Polypropylene and TPR EVA and PU Gel Hook-and-Loop Elastic 1 5MZN5 SPINE
safe area

6 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) SAFETY

Keep Workers Safe When Working at Dangerous Heights

6ZLP1

Rebel™
19F382 Self-Retracting
Lifelines
Thermoplastic housing is
lightweight, compact, and
durable. Feature swivel housing,
snap hook, and swivel hook.
Corrosion-resistant.
SRL Weight Mfr. Item
Description Length Cap. Model No.
1" Nylon Strap 11 ft. 310 lb 3100426 53CV17
1" Polyester Strap 6 ft. 310 lb 3100403 40MC98
1" Polyester Strap 20 ft. 310 lb 3100431 40MC60
3⁄16" Galvanized Steel Cable 33 ft. 420 lb 3590500 6ZLP1

19F385

Polyester Web Shock-Absorbing Lanyards

For use as the connecting deceleration element of a personal
fall-arrest system.
Standard Internal Shock Absorber—Feature a continuous
length, internal energy-absorbing material jacketed with a
durable tubular web. Include impact indicator.
Elastic—Expand and contract with wearer's movements to 19F395
reduce potential entanglements and tripping hazards.
Locking Anchorage Locking Harness Max.
No. of Connection Connection Working Item
L Legs Hook Type Hook Type Load No.
Standard Internal Shock Absorber
6 ft. 1 Snap Snap 310 lb. 19F382
6 ft. 1 Rebar Snap 310 lb. 19F383
6 ft. 2 Rebar Snap 310 lb. 19F384
Elastic
4 1⁄2 to 6 ft. 1 Snap Snap 310 lb. 19F385

35KU70
KnowHow
®

OSHA’s Top 10 Violations

Fall
Last year, OSHA
Protection
recorded more than Kits
7,000 violations of • 5-pt. harnesses
standard 1926.501, Personal safety
General Require- systems combine the
ABCs of fall arrest—
ments for Fall anchorage, body
Protection. Do you know what else made the wear, and connec-
agency’s top ten list? tor—in a convenient,
ready-to-use kit.
Get an overview of the most frequently cited Shoulder Strap Leg Strap Weight Item
Size Buckles Buckles Cap. No.
standards in 2019 to help make sure your General Use Kit
safety program is prepared at Universal Mating Mating 310 lb 19F395
.6111”
SPINE
[Link]/know-how/oshatop10. Aerial Lift Kit
Universal Mating Tongue 130 to 310 lb 35KU70
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 7

SAFETY

3ARD6

2LVC3

22FX25
Combination Drench
Shower/Eye Wash Stations
Stations include a 10"-dia. showerhead
with stay-open ball valve and stainless steel
pull rod. Eye and Eye/Face washes have
11 1⁄2"-dia. eye wash bowl and feature twin
spray outlet heads, stay-open ball valve, Emergency Eye
and cast-aluminum flag-type handle. Spray Wash Stations
heads have internal filter and dust cover. Highly visible stations are designed to to flush harmful irritants
Showerhead Eye Wash Mfr. Item from the eyes. Provide easy access in an emergency.
Description Material Bowl Material Model No. Bottle Item
Combination Drench Shower/Eye Wash Stations Description Size Brand No.
Shower with Eye Wash Plastic ABS Plastic G1902P 2LVA4 Single Eye Wash Station 16 oz Honeywell 3ARD6
Shower with Eye/Face Wash Plastic ABS Plastic G1950P 2LVC3 Dual Eye Wash Station (2) 32 oz Honeywell 3ARD8
Shower with Eye/Face Wash Plastic Stainless Steel G1950 2LVC5 Dual Eye Wash Station (2) 32 oz PhysiciansCare 22FX25

9XD46
2LVK6
Emergency 38NJ18
Drench Shower Pressurized Portable
• Meets ANSI Z358.1-2009 Emergency Eye Wash Stations
• ANSI-compliant Eye wash units have 2 spray outlet heads with 2LVK5
This drench shower provides flip-top dust covers, internal flow control, and Wall- and Deck-Mount
protection from exposure to highly filter. 6-ft. PVC drench hose features chrome-
corrosive chemicals in cleanroom plated brass squeeze valve with stainless Dual Head Drench Hoses
applications and laboratories. The steel lever handle. Stainless steel pressure Featuring a stay-open valve handle
wall mounted unit includes an ABS tank has built-in carrying handles. Heated locking clip, these twin head units can be
plastic shower head, stainless steel station includes a heated orange insulation used as a fixed eyewash or removed from
pull rod, and an identification sign jacket to endure sustained low or freezing the holder to use as a drench hose.
along with an inspection tag, and temperatures over long periods of time. Mfr. Item
instruction booklet. The pull rod Weight Weight Mfr. Item
Description Mounting Model No.
activates the shower. Description Empty Full Model No. Dual Head Drench
Eye Wash Station Hose with 8 ft Wall G5026 2LVK6
Item Reinforced PVC Hose
Description Showerhead Material No. 15.0 gal Tank 36.5 lb 118.9 lb G1562 9XD46
Dual Head Drench
Heated Eye Wash Station .6111”
Horizontal Hose with 8 ft Deck G5022 2LVK5
ABS Plastic 2LVG8 SPINE
Wall Mount 15.0 gal Tank 42 lb 125 lb G1562HTR 38NJ18 Reinforced PVC Hose
safe area

8 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) SAFETY

General Purpose First Aid Kit

• Meets or exceeds ANSI Z308.1-2015, Class A
Wall-Mounted Case serves 50 people.
The bandages, wipes, and ointment included treat injuries such
as cuts, scrapes, bruises, punctures, and eye irritations. The
weatherproof case comes with a carrying handle.
People No. of Case Item
Served Components Material H W No.
50 129 Metal 9 in 9.5 in 48ZE22
First Responder Kit
Contains essential first aid supplies needed to respond to
medical emergencies. For a complete list of kit contents, go to
[Link]®.
No. of Case Item
Components Material H W No.
113 Nylon 8 3⁄4 in 7 1⁄2 in 5DXX8

Reusable
Cold/Hot Packs
Provide comfort and treat-
ment for sprains and strains.
The white and blue packs
are waterproof and come
Federal OSHA Bloodborne Pathogen Kit in two different sizes to
Contains supplies and personal protective equipment for bodily treat aches and pains.
fluid cleanup, to help protect employees. For a complete list of Pkg. Item
kit contents, go to [Link]®. L W Qty. No.
Item 4 3⁄4 in 6 in 12 3LRN9
Description No. 6 in 9 in 12 3LRP2
Federal OSHA Bloodborne Pathogen Kit 1N734

1YNR5
49DR46

Automated AEDs
Full-rescue AEDs provide Real
CPR Help® for rate and depth
of chest compressions during
CPR. Voice prompts and graphics
guide rescuer through Chain of
Survival, starting with checking
responsiveness and ending with
CPR compressions.
AED Plus® Semiautomatic—
Semiautomatic AEDs require
medical direction (included with Cable Mfr. Item
every AED Plus® unit). Unit includes Description Length H W W Model No.
10 batteries and 1 set of CPR-D-padz®. AED Plus® Semiautomatic with Medical
Direction, CPR-D Padz, and Batteries
AED Plus® Fully Automatic—Fully automatic devices Unit 33 1⁄2 in 11.5 in 9.5 in 9.5 in 8000-004000-01 1YNR5
provide audible prompt: “DON’T TOUCH PATIENT,” and AED Plus® Fully Automatic with Medical Direction, and CPR-D Padz
.6111”
SPINE
then begin analysis. Automatically delivers shock if needed. Unit w/Storage 48 in 17.5 in 17.5 in 17.5 in 22900700702011010 49DR46
If "NO SHOCK REQUIRED," prompts rescuer to begin CPR. Cabinet
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 9

SAFETY

Fire Extinguisher
Class A, B, C rechargeable fire extinguisher can help fight
flames caused by dry combustibles, flammable liquids, and
live electrical equipment, with a liquid chemical solution
that rapidly dissipates and leaves no residue. Features a
chrome-plated brass valve.
UL Cylinder Operating Discharge Mfr. Item
Description Rating Cap. H Dia. Material Pressure Time Range Max. Model No.
Halotron [Link] 11 lb 21 7⁄8 in 6" Steel 125 psi 9 sec 15 ft 397 3YWL1

5T904 5T899
Rechargeable Fire
Extinguishers
Pro "Class ABC" extinguishers are propane, and solvents), and live
useful for common combustibles electrical equipment (computers,
(wood, paper, cloth, etc.), flam- fax machines, etc.). 5-, 10-, and
mable liquids and gases (gasoline, 20-lb. units include hose.
UL Cylinder Fire Extinguisher Operating Range Mfr. Item
Rating Cap. H Dia. Material Bracket Type Pressure Discharge Time Max. Model No.
Pro "Class ABC" Dry Chemical
[Link] 2.5 lb 14 1⁄2 in 3.25" Aluminum Wall Mount 100 psi 8 to 12 sec 15 ft PRO 2.5MP 5T904
[Link] 5 lb 16 in 4.5" Aluminum Wall Mount 195 psi 19 to 21 sec 18 ft PRO5MP 5T899
[Link] 10 lb 19 1⁄2 in 5" Steel Wall Mount 195 psi 19 to 21 sec 20 ft PRO10MP 4T889
[Link] 20 lb 21 1⁄2 in 7" Steel Wall Mount 195 psi 19 to 22 sec 20 ft PRO20MP 5T903

Wheeled Fire Extinguisher

This wheeled fire extinguisher features separate, pressurized gas cylinder to simplify
Purple K chemical extinguishing agent for recharging. Brass fittings and live swivels.
use in commercial kitchens. It also features a
Extinguisher UL Cylinder Operating Discharge Range Mfr. Item
Type Rating Cap. H W D Material Pressure Time Max. Model No.
Dry Chemical 320B:C 125 lb 45" 24" 36" Steel 240 psi 53 sec 40 ft 452 13J009

6ATL6 6ATL5
Fire Extinguisher Cabinets
Use surface-mount cabinets indoors or out. access in the workplace or in a
Durable, molded plastic cabinets vehicle. Hook-and-loop straps keep
protect extinguishers from exposure extinguisher secure inside. Cabinet
to dirt, dust, water, and chemicals. has a clear plastic window.
Left- or right-hand opening for easy
Item
Cap. H W D No.
10 lb 23 in1⁄2 8 in
1⁄4 9 in 6ATL6
20 lb 29 in 11 in 8 1⁄4 in 6ATL5 .6111”
20 lb 30 lb 24 in 13 in 11 in 6ATL4 SPINE
safe area

10 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) SAFETY

5ZYY2

35ZR81
Spill Kits
Easily transported spill kits contain a variety of sorbents and
protective gear to help you safely clean smaller chemical
BW GasAlertQuattro Multi-Gas Detectors and industrial liquid spills. Excellent for plants, laboratories,
Easy-to-use 1-button operation with graphic LCD and easy- workstations, and construction sites.
to-identify icons indicating operational data such as bump test Volume
and calibration status. IntelliFlash™ feature provides continu- Container Absorbed Item
Type per Pkg. Includes No.
ous visual confirmation of detector operation and compliance.
UN-Rated Overpack Drum Spill Kit with 20 gal Drum
Includes a rechargeable battery pack and wall charger. Confined
(12) Pads, (2) Socks, (3) Disposal
Space Kit includes detector, manual aspirator kit, IR connectiv- Drum 14 gal Bags, Goggles, Handbook, Pair 35ZR81
ity kit, calibration cap, regulator, sampling probe, calibration of Nitrile Gloves, Pillows
gas, and rechargeable battery pack. UN-Rated Overpack Drum Spill Kit with 65 gal Drum
Mfr. Item (100) Pads, (4) Pillows, (4) Socks,
Description Model No. Drum 55 gal (5) Disposal Bags, Goggles, 35ZR76
Handbook, Pair of Nitrile Gloves
Confined Space Kit
Spill Kit Refill for No. 35ZR71
LEL, O2, H2S, CO QT-XWHM-R-Y-NA-CS 5ZYY2
(25) Pads, (3) Disposal Bags,
Detectors Refill 29 gal (3) Pillows, (3) Socks, Goggles, 35ZR72
CO, H2S, LEL, O2 with Handbook, Pair of Nitrile Gloves
QT-XWHM-R-Y-NA 5ZYY3
Rechargable Battery Pack

Sorbent Spill Kit Drain Cover Seals

Kits prevent slip and falls in the Polyurethane pads can be
workplace. used to temporarily seal
Spill kits include everything off floor drains, to prevent
needed to safely clean up oil, contamination by hazardous Item
chemicals, and other liquids materials. Pads adhere to most L W Color No.
from warehouse and jobsite smooth surfaces, forming a 36 in 36 in Orange 3EWR7
floors. The kit includes a bag contaminant barrier that resists 42 in 42 in Orange 3EWR8
along with pads, socks, and oil, water, and chemicals. 54 in 54 in Orange 3EWT1
Nitrile gloves.
Container Volume Absorbed Item
Type per Pkg. Includes No.
(10) 15 in x 19 in Pads,
Bag 5 gal (2) 3 in x 4 ft Socks, Disposal Bag, 2GU51
Instruction Sheet, Pair Nitrile Gloves

5TP99

Battery Acid
Spill Kit 24X070
Contains materials to
help safely contain
and clean battery acid Loose Absorbents
spills. For a complete QuickSorb®—Smaller clay Premium®—Maximizes absorp-
list of kit contents, go to granules absorb quicker tion and minimizes dust.
[Link]®. with less product.
Volume
Container Item Absorbed Mfr. Item
Type Includes No. Description per Pkg. Model No.
(2) Aprons, (2) Goggles, (4) Hazmat Boot Covers, Absorbent 2 gal I05000G-G60 5TP99
(4) PVC Gloves, 2 gal Absorbent/Neutralizer,
.6111” Bucket 3WMR4 QuickSorb® 25 lb Bag 3 gal I05025-G70 24X071
20 ft Barrier Tape, 8-oz Degreaser, Disposal
SPINE Bag, Dust Pan, Instructions, Whisk Broom Premium Granular, 8 lb Bag 1 gal I01008-G78 24X070
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 11

SAFETY

4LNV6

PIG® Quick Deploy Leak Diverter

IBC Spill Containment Units Kits hang in problem spots to catch leaks and divert liquids.
The diverter components come preattached for quick setup and
Units have all-polyethylene construction for chemical resistance; a rigid outer rim keeps it open for easy handling. A nonperme-
will not rust or corrode. Large 52" x 52" deck with removable able, vinyl-coated tarp is puncture-, UV-, and mildew-resistant.
grates allow easy cleanup and provide forklift access. A low-
profile design permits safe, convenient dispensing. ▶CHOOSE: Item
L W Material Color No.
Load Mfr. Item Clear, Translucent,
Description Spill Cap. Capacity L W H Model No. 4 ft. 1⁄2" 4 ft. 1⁄2" Polyester, PVC J7476
Yellow
Single IBC Spill 365 gal 8,500 lb 62 in62 in28 in 1157 4LNV6
Containment Unit
Single IBC Containment 365 gal 8,500 lb 62 in62 in28 in 1158 4LNV7
Unit w/Drain

4YF77 Mobile Drum

Spill Dolly
Drum Spill Containment Pallets
Protects against spills
Flexible to reconfigure drum storage and dispensing areas. and leaks while moving
Interlocking low-profile design makes loading and unloading drums. Features poly push/
easier. Built-in U-channel connectors. Feature forklift pockets. pull handle with a vertical
Load Mfr. Item locking port and 5 swivel
Description Spill Cap. Capacity L W H Model No.
Modular Platforms
casters (2 locking).
2-Drum 30 gal 5,000 lb 51 1⁄2 in 26 1⁄4 in 6 1⁄2 in 1632 4YF76 Spill Load Outside Inside Mfr. Item
4-Drum, Description Cap. Capacity Dia. Dia. Model No.
60 gal 10,000 lb 51 1⁄2 in 51 1⁄2 in 6 1⁄2 in 1634 4YF77
2-piece Handles 30, 55, or 95 gal. 12 gal 1,250 lb 31 3⁄4 in 31 in 1613 3PA33

SpillBlocker® Barrier Dikes

Dikes deploy quickly to block and divert machine leaks.
Single-Use—Dike can be used on rough or uneven surfaces;
just press into place and the tacky bottom layer will conform to
cracks and surface imperfections.
30PW61 Reusable—Dikes are made from an easily washable oil-, water-,
and chemical-resistant polyurethane material and feature a
tacky bottom layer that makes a tight, liquid-blocking seal on
smooth surfaces.
Mfr. Item
Description vvL W H Color Model No.
SpillBlocker® Rough Surface 10 ft 2 in 2 1⁄4
Yellow PLR230 30PW61
Barrier Dike, Single Use in
Reusable SpillBlocker® 10 ft 4 in in⁄4
2 1
Yellow PLR204- 30PW54
30PW57 Barrier Dike YW
.6111”
10 ft 2in⁄4 1in⁄8
1 3
SpillBlocker® Dike Yellow PLR212 30PW57 SPINE
safe area

12 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) SAFETY

Interlocking Antifatigue
33VL83
Mat and Mat Edging
Recycled PVC. Interlocking Antifatigue Matting is black and
comes in a pack of 10 sections. Pieces interlock securely.
Matt edging is yellow and has 1 beveled, 1 interlocking, and 2
straight edges. Edging is sold in 10 packs with either male or
female locking points.
Male/ Mfr. Item
Description Female Color W L Thickness Model No.
Interlocking Male/ 33VL86
Antifatigue Mat Female Black 18 in 18 in 1 in A1B 33VL83
Interlocking Female Yellow 4 in 18 in 1 in A3-Y 33VL86
Mat Edging
Interlocking Male Yellow 4 in 18 in 1 in A4-Y 33VL87
Mat Edging

4LNH5 5Z056
Antifatigue Mat
Durable Condor® mat provides comfortable underfoot cushioning.
The closed-cell nitrile foam and diamond-plate texture gives it
greater wear resistance and better traction. Suitable for use in
dry to moist environments.
Item
W L Thickness No.
3 ft 5 ft 1⁄2 in 39R799

5FX46
Antifatigue Runners
Diamond Sof-Tred™ matting relieves back and leg strain.
The runner is easy to clean and recommended for light foot
traffic. A Dyna-Shield®-enhanced top surface offers abrasion
resistance. Beveled edges minimize tripping.
Item
Color W L Thickness No. 5MDN2
Gray 3 ft 60 ft 3⁄8 in 4LNH5
Black 3 ft 60 ft 3⁄8 in 5Z056
Static Dissipative Mats
Black 3 ft 60 ft 1⁄2 in 5FX46 Diamond-deckplate vinyl top surface is uniwelded to vinyl
sponge base to provide maximum fatigue relief. Red Stop
backing stops mat movement without any tacky or sticky
residue. Attached grounding cord for extra protection. 9⁄16" thick.
Mfr. Item
Mat Surface Pattern W L Model No.
Diamond Plate 2 ft. 3 ft. 826S0023BL-RS 5MDN2
Diamond Plate 3 ft. 5 ft. 826S0035BL-RS 5MDN3

Oct-O-Flex™ Entrance Mats

• Black color
Tough SBR rubber keeps mat flexible and resistant to harsh weather.
Drainage holes and a raised underside keeps it dry and debris-
free while eliminating slippage. A smooth surface and beleved Stair Tread Cover
edges make it wheelchair and cart friendly and best for high- Yellow and black, plastic and fiberglass
traffic areas. square cover. Install with adhesive or
Item fasteners. With coarse tread.
W L Thickness No. Item
.6111” 3 ft. 5 ft. 1⁄2" 6MRU7 W D Lip Height No.
SPINE 4 ft. 6 ft. 1⁄2" 6MRU8 48 in 10 in 5⁄32 in 29XL99
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 13

SAFETY

6FXV7

Floor Marking Tape 6FXW0

• Not Retroreflective
Permanent adhesive tape can be applied to most clean, dry
surfaces. Use in conjunction with safety signs to warn against
potential hazards. Striped safety floor tape provides a safe
alternative to painting lines—applies to floors in minutes. Clearly
identifies intersections and equipment areas.
Safety Tape Item
Pattern Color L W No.
Solid Yellow 108 ft. 2 in 6FXW0
Striped Black, Yellow 108 ft. 2 in 6FXV7

Floor Tape Applicator

• Tape sold separately
• Assembly required
The applicator rolls out a max tape width of 4 1⁄2".
It features a tubular steel construction and three wheels along
with rubber handles.
Overall Item
Description For Use With Height No.
1 to4 1⁄2
in Wide Rolls,
Deluxe 34 1⁄8 in 6W059
7 in Max Roll Diameter

Floor Sign
One-piece vinyl sign affixes to floor.
Legend: STOP SOUND HORN.
Mfr. Item
H W Model No.
17 in 17 in FS-17-102 467F31
Floor Safety Sign
Legend: Caution Wet Floor/ Cuidado Piso Mojado.
Item
Sign Mounting Style Sign Material H W No.
Free-Standing Floor Polypropylene 24 5⁄8 in 10 3⁄4 in 49XK97

Stop Sign
Quickly and easily set up a tempo-
rary 2-way or 4-way stop sign.
Featuring an overall height of 56", Do Not Enter Traffic Sign
this sign includes a white HDPE This Lyle brand traffic sign is designed with HIP (high intensity
delineator post, 2 interlocking 18" prismatic) sheeting that provides higher reflectivity than EG
ABS plastic stop signs, and one sheeting (engineering grade). Made with 70% post-consumer
15-lb. recycled rubber base. recycled content.
Item Mfr. Item
Type No. H W Model No. .6111”
Nonreflective 2KCV7 24 in 24 in R5-1-24HA 3ZTF3 SPINE
safe area

14 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) SAFETY

2AD54 5T831

Single Pole
Breaker Lockouts
• Padlocks and lockout tags not included 48KV17
Used to lock out circuit breakers with a standard toggle switch.
Clamp-on design can be used on switches with or without
holes. Use cleats with clamp-on lockout to assure positive
restraint for breakers with long sliding switch throws. Plug Lockouts
Circuit Breaker Max. Pkg. Item Devices accept lock to prevent a plug from being inserted in a
Description Voltage Shackle Dia. Qty. No. wall outlet.
Clamp-On for Single and 120/277 9⁄32 in 6 2AD54 The lockouts meet OSHA 29 CFR 1910.147 standards.
Multi-Pole Breakers
Clamp-On Breaker Padlock Shackle Item
120/277 9⁄32 in 1 15Y513 Fits Max. Dia. Color Brand No.
Lockout with Cleat
Up to 3 in dia Cord and 1⁄4 in Yellow Brady 5T831
5 1⁄2 in Long Plugs
Most 110 V AC Plugs with 9⁄32 in Red Condor 48KV17
Cord Up to 1⁄2 in dia

Lockout
Station
• Bilingual—English and Spanish
Filled lockout center can be customized for individual needs.
Durable polycarbonate board and a semitransparent cover to Flammables
help protect contents. All locks are keyed different. Includes Safety Cabinet
(4) Red Zenex(TM) Padlocks, (2) 1 in Steel Jaw dia Hasps,
(12) Tags. U-Loc™ paddle handle with slip-resistant grip. Features fail-
safe, 3-point self-latching system and 2 keys, and will accept
No. of Included Padlock Item a padlock for added security. SpillSlope™ shelves adjust on 3"
Components Body Material H W No.
18 Thermoplastic 12 1⁄4 in 16 in 3WPC7 centers and have built-in troughs to catch drips and lead to
leakproof sump.
Door
Closure No. of No. of Item
Cap. Type Doors Shelves H W D No.
4 gal Manual 1 1 22 in 17 in 17 in 1YND7

Flammables
Safety Cabinet
Flammable liquid storage
cabinet features 16-ga.
steel construction with
Gas Cylinder high-gloss safety yellow
polyurethane powder-coat
Cabinet paint and warning label.
• Unassembled Its 2"W louvered panels
Equipped to store dangerous and flammable materials, this support shelves adjustable
locker is made of heavy-gauge, expanded metal, with a 1 1⁄2" on 4" centers. The flush-
x 1⁄8" angle iron frame and 14-ga. steel top. It also features mount recessed lockable
predrilled holes to allow lagging to the floor. The door features paddle latch with 3-point
heavy-duty butt hinges and a hasp for padlocks, (available locking system provides
separately). A magnetic catch helps keep the door shut when improved security.
not locked. Includes 4 adjustable feet.
Cylinder Door
Cylinder Cabinet No. of Item Closure No. of No. of Item
.6111” Cap. Storage Type Material Shelves H W D No. Cap. Type Doors Shelves H W D No.
SPINE 4 Horizontal Steel 1 35 in 31 in 30 in 5CHL0 45 gal Manual 2 2 65 in 43 in 18 in 42X501
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 15

SAFETY

Help Keep Dock Workers Safe with These Safety Essentials

4LGW3

5AB23
5W823

2MYR1
Dock Bumpers
Weather- and abrasion-resistant bumpers protect docks, dock
levelers, and shelters from impact damage. Individual sections Dockplates
can be replaced if damaged. Include a thick molded-in steel Aluminum Dockplates— Polyethylene Portable
bar running the length of each bumper; anchor the rubber to Nonskid tread plate has Dockplates—Designed
the dock. Mounting fasteners not included. Installation Kits zinc-plated handles on each for light-duty applications.
Nos. 36F680 and 36F681 are sold separately. side. Locking legs secure Integrated guardrails and
Overall Overall Overall Mounting Item dockplate when in use. handles. Hardware included.
Bumper Shape Width Height Depth Holes O.C. W No.
Laminated Rubber Load Overall Overall Item
Capacity Length Width No.
Rectangular 16 in 10 in 4 1⁄2 in 14 in 5W823 Aluminum Dockplates
Rectangular 26 in 10 in 4 1⁄2 in 24 in 5W825 9,500 lb 30 in 72 in 4LGW3
Molded Rubber
Polyethylene Dockplates
Rectangular 12 in 13 in 4 in 9 1⁄4 in 2MYR1 750 lb 36 in 35 in 5AB23

Ribbed Guard Rails

• Rail length is 4" shorter than the 5W809
5W810
nominal size
Rails can be combined as a modular
system that can be removed or
expanded as needed. Impact- 5W804
resistant corrugated designs have no
sharp edges or corners. Galvanized
construction resists corrosion. For
indoor use only.
Overall Item Guard Rail Posts
Description Height Color No.
Posts are made of round-corner, 4" square
Bolt-On Guard Rails
3-Ribbed
steel tube with 1⁄4"-thick walls, and are
44 in 14 1⁄2 in 5W804
welded to a 10" square, round-corner 5⁄8"-
7 ft 8 in 14 1⁄2 in Safety 5W806
thick steel base plate. Include hardware,
Yellow bolts, anchors, washers, and nuts.
9 ft 8 in 14 1⁄2 in 5W807
5JEV4 Overall Item
2-Ribbed
Description Height Color No.
Safety
10 ft 10 1⁄2 in Yellow 5JEV4 Posts
Single High Center 18 1⁄2" 5W809
Safety Yellow
Double High Corner 42 5⁄8" 5W810

Dock Lights
• Wall mount
• 180° swivel angle
Loading dock light has aluminum
Edge of Dock Leveler shade, high-temperature porcelain
The dock leveler lip and ramp creates a smooth path for trailers socket, and push-button spring-
moving from one surface to a lower or higher one. A mechanical loaded suspension lamp mounting
spring counterbalance allows the user to lift the handle and pull to make relamping easier. The light
it to the dock floor. Includes a self-storing handle. turns on with a rubber-booted switch.
Incandescent lamp is not included.
Load Service Height Overall Usable Open Closed Bumper Item
Capacity Range Width Width Depth Depth Size No. Lamp Arm Cord Switch Item
Watts Voltage Length Length Type Std. No. .6111”
20,000 lb 5Below
in Above or 72 in 27 3⁄4 in 17 in 13xin10
x 5 in 32KL27
94 in SPINE
Dock in 150 to 300 120 V 40 in 10 ft Push Button cUL, UL 5AY51
safe area

16 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) SAFETY

29NH35

Polycade Traffic Barriers

Versatile barriers can be filled with sand or water for use and
quickly emptied for easy transport. Interlocking joints let you
29NH27 connect multiple units to cover larger areas.
Empty Weight When Item
Color Weight Filled with Water L H W No.
Orange 35.0 lb 552.0 lb 58 in 24 in 16 in 38UZ84
1⁄4 1⁄2 1⁄2

Yellow 35.0 lb 552.0 lb 58 1⁄4 in 24 1⁄2 in 16 1⁄2 in 38UZ83

Speed Bumps
Reduce vehicle speeds, slow traffic, and help draw attention to
school zones, work zones, and other hazardous areas.
No. 29NH35—Designed to cover cabling and piping, with a
channeled bottom for drainage.
No. 29NH27—Multipiece speed bump includes one center
and two end modules to accommodate different length
requirements.
Item
L W H Material No.
Speed Bumps - Recycled Rubber
6 ft 12 in 2 1⁄4 in Rubber 29NH35
Speed Bumps - Rubber with Concrete Mounting Hardware
10 ft 36 in 2 in Rubber 29NH27

Full Dome Mirror

• Provides a 360° view
6FGZ4
Designed for 4-way intersections,
this full-dome mirror helps direct
Traffic Cones traffic and monitor hidden areas.
Easy to clean with a soft, damp
Flexible, injection-molded PVC cloth. Includes mounting hardware.
cones withstand high-speed
Approx. Viewing Item
impacts and snap back into shape. Description Dia. Rim Type Distance No.
Stackable for easy storage. Narrow, Acrylic Lens 26 in Vinyl Coated Aluminum 1,600 sq ft 45WD10
wind-resistant profile with orange
base and retroreflective collar.
Cone Item
Recessed Collar Height Base Dimension No.
No 18 in 10 1⁄2 in 6FGZ4
No 28 in 13 in 6FGZ5

Indoor Convex Mirror

• Provides more than 160°
viewing angle
1-pc. mirror helps reduce accidents
around blind corners and in door- Half Dome Mirror
ways, and is ideal for high security • Provides a 180° view
areas. Can be easily adjusted with Mount at T intersections with included hardware to help direct
included swivel-ball assembly and traffic and monitor hidden areas. Every 1" dia. of mirror provides
mounting bracket. 1 ft. viewing distance.
Lens Item Lens Approx. Viewing Item
.6111” Dia. Material Rim Type No. Dia. Material Rim Type Distance No.
SPINE 26 in Acrylic Aluminum 1CYX6 18 in Acrylic Acrylic 18 ft 2GVX8
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 17

MATERIAL HANDLING

12U124 2ZE58

General Purpose
Manual Pallet Jacks
Move heavy freight around your facility safely
and easily with 3-position lever control.
Manual pallet truck has a 190° pivot.
Polyurethane wheels with sealed ball
bearings roll smoothly over most hard
surfaces.
Fork Fork Width Width Main
Load Height Height Across Between Fork Overall Wheel Roller Roller Item
Capacity Lowered Raised Forks Forks Length Fork Width Length Size Wheel Material Dia. Material Color No.
Approved Vendor
3,800 lb 2 15⁄16 in 7 3⁄4 in 27 in 15 in 48 in 6 in 63 in 7 in Polyurethane 2 7⁄8 in Polyurethane Blue 12U124
5,000 lb 2 15⁄16 in 7 3⁄4 in 27 in 14 1⁄2 in 48 in 6 1⁄4 in 63 in 7 in Polyurethane 2 7⁄8 in Polyurethane Blue 12U125
Dayton
5,500 lb 2 15⁄16 in 7 3⁄4 in 20 1⁄2 in 7 7⁄8 in 48 in 6 5⁄16 in 61 7⁄8 in 7 in Polyurethane 2 7⁄8 in Polyurethane Red 2ZE58

Quiet-Operation Manual Pallet Jack

Operates at ultra-quiet noise levels (less than 60 dB) for use in
hospitals and other areas where noise reduction is important.
Load Fork Height Fork Height Width Across Width Between Fork Fork Overall Main Wheel Wheel Roller Roller Item
Capacity Lowered Raised Forks Forks Length Width Length Size Material Dia. Material No.
4,400 lb 2 15⁄16 in 7 1⁄2 in 27 in 14 3⁄8 in 48 in 6 5⁄16 in 63 in 7 in Rubber 2 7⁄8 in Polyurethane 32HD10

Powered-Lift/Manual-Push Container Tilters

Moves heavy crates, pallets, and boxes.
The tilter lifts items using a combination of a hydraulic arm, electric lift, and manual
push. Tilters reduce the risk of worker injuries from lifting and other physically demand-
ing moves that can strain muscles and injure joints.
Load Fork Height Width Across Width Between Overall Overall Overall Caster Caster Wheel Item
Capacity Tilting Deg. Lowered Forks Forks Length Width Height Wheel Dia. Material No.
2,000 lb 85° 3 1⁄2 in 24 1⁄2 in 11 1⁄2 in 52 1⁄2 in 34 in 35 1⁄2 in 6 in Phenolic 6WU48

Compression Spring Pallet Positioner and Level Loader

Features a low-friction, bearing-supported turntable top that is easily rotated with
a center pivot and cross bar. No need for manual adjustments or tools. Built-in fork
pockets help make relocating easy.
Load Raised Frame Item
Capacity Lowered Height Height Platform Size Material No. .6111”
4,500 lb 9 1⁄2 in 28 in 43 5⁄8 in Dia Steel 4ZC16 SPINE
safe area

18 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) MATERIAL HANDLING

2GXH3 29XL86
H3-Rated Single-Speed 1000- to 2000-lb.
Electric Chain Hoists Air Chain Hoists
• Up to 18-min. "On" time per hr. • Operate on 48 cfm at 90 psi
• Full thermal protection • 1⁄2" NPT hose connection
Hoists feature a latch-type hook for Hoists feature aluminum frames and cover,
positive load engagement. Gears are and a pendant throttle for 1-handed control.
enclosed in a grease case. Electric disc Top and bottom latch hooks swivel 360°.
motor brake stops and holds the load, 8-vane motor has tapped exhaust port. With
even with a loss of power, while upper shoe-type brake, steel alloy load chain, and
and lower limit switches prevent chain upper and lower limit stops.
overtravel. Include hardened alloy steel Note: Air line lubricator required
chain and chain container.
Load Lift Min. Between Housing Housing Item
Load Motor Min. Between Amps @ Item Capacity Speed Hooks Reeving Length Width No.
Capacity Lift Speed HP Voltage Phase Hooks Low Volts No. 10 ft Lift Air Chain Hoists
10 ft Lift 1,000 lb 45 fpm 15 1⁄4 in 1 12 1⁄8 in 10 3⁄16 in 29XL86
6 ft Control Cord
2,000 lb 23 fpm 18 in 2 12 1⁄8 in 10 3⁄16 in 29XL88
1,000 lb 16 fpm 0.67 hp 115 1 19 3⁄32 in 10 A 2GXG9
2,000 lb 16 fpm 1 hp 115 1 22 3⁄64 in 15 A 2GXH3
20 ft Lift
16 ft Control Cord
2,000 lb 16 fpm 1 hp 115 1 22 3⁄64 in 15 A 2GXH5 4GU72 48RD44

4GU70

H2-Rated Electric
Chain Hoists Electric Wire
4GU71
• Up to 12-min. "On" time per hr.
duty cycle
Rope Hoists
• Thermal overload protection Dayton®—Lightweight, portable hoist provides an easy and
economical solution for lifting loads. Easily adaptable to
Ideal for light machine shop, many applications with the 13", 3-prong plug power cord.
fabricating, and service and maintenance work, where
multiple lift points are required. Gears are enclosed in a sealed OZ Lifting Products—Hoist is designed for use on commer-
grease case, and electric disc motor brakes stop and hold loads, cial building sites and in various construction workplaces,
even during power loss. Upper and lower limit switches help warehouses, storage facilities, and factories. Lightweight and
prevent chain overtravel. With hardened alloy steel chain and 13", compact for convenient mounting. It features sensor arm for
3-prong power cord. automatic shut-off to prevent reverse winding. Plug-in cords
800-lb. cap. hoist is double-chained. for ease of use. 360° hook rotation with safety latch.
Load Lift Motor Min. Between Amps @ Item Min.
Capacity Speed HP Voltage Phase Hooks Low Volts No. Load Lift Motor Between Item
Capacity Speed HP Voltage Phase Hooks Amps Brand No.
10 ft Hoist Lift 6 ft Control Cord
300 lb 14 fpm 0.16 hp 115 1 14 1⁄2 in 3A 4GU70 500 lb 10 fpm 0.1667 115 1 14 1⁄2 in 3 Dayton 4GU72
hp
500 lb 7 fpm 0.16 hp 115 1 16 in 3A 4GU71 Oz Lifting
1,000 lb 37 fpm 2 hp 115 1 28 1⁄2 in 15.5 Products 48RD44
800 lb 7 fpm 0.2 hp 115 1 16 3⁄4 in 3A 4ZY98

Create a Safer Loading Dock KnowHow ®

The loading dock is a busy place in any facility,

and all that activity creates some potential safety
hazards. One of the most common of these is
fall-through, a situation that occurs when powered
industrial trucks attempt to travel in or out of a
trailer that has drifted away from the dock.
Today, new automation tools are available that
can help reduce the human error that can cause
loading dock accidents such as fall-through and others. Learn how facilities are
using signaling systems, motion sensors, and other technology to help prevent
.6111”
SPINE mistakes that can lead to accidents at [Link]/know-how/docksafety.
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 19

MATERIAL HANDLING

Polyethylene Fiber
Transport Drum Transport Drum
Open-head High-Density Polyethylene (HDPE) drum is Open-head drum has a fiber cover, lever-lock ring closure,
compatible with a wide range of chemicals, for safe transport and galvanized chime band. For dry or solid materials.
of hazardous material. Leverlock drum ring closure eliminates Volume Overall Inside Item
the need for closing tools for a simple, secure seal. Cap. Height Dia. No.
Volume Overall Inside Item 55 gal. 35 1⁄2 in 21.5 in 23Y338
Cap. UN Rating Solid Height Dia. No.
55 gal. 1H2/Y130/S 34 1⁄4 in 23.5 in 2GTZ2

Stainless Steel Transport Drum

Features better corrosion resistance and tensile strength than Overpack Drum
carbon steel drums, and closes easily with a carbon steel bolt HDPE container can be used with packing groups I, II, and
ring closure. Type 304, 2B finish. III hazardous materials. Safety yellow overpack features a
Volume UN Rating UN Rating Overall Inside Drum Lid Item
screw-top lid and includes handles for forklift use.
Cap. Gauge Solid Liquid Height Dia. Closure No. Drum
Open Head Volume Outside Inside Overall UN Rating Mfr. Item
1A2/ 1A2/ Capacity Dia. Dia. Height Solid Model No.
55 gal. 16 34 1⁄2 in 22.5 in Bolt Ring 4GY38 95 gal 31 in 27.125 in 41 1⁄4 in 1H2/X300/S 1690 5PW10
X430/S Y1.5/200

2GTW5 9CEJ1

Carbon Steel Transport Drums

Open-Head—Removable covers are EPDM-
gasketed with bolt ring closure. Interior has a
rust-resistant coating.
Closed-Head—Drum lids are permanently
secured and include 2" and 3⁄4" steel plugs
and flanges with Buna gaskets. A modi-
fied phenolic coating resists corrosion and
chemical reactivity.
Volume Overall Inside Drum Lid Item
Cap. Gauge UN Rating Solid UN Rating Liquid Height Dia. Closure Lined/Unlined No.
Open Head
55 gal. 18 1A2/X435/S 1A2/Y1.5/150 34 1⁄2 in 22.5 in Bolt Ring Unlined 2GTW5
Closed Head .6111”
55 gal. 18/18/20 — 1A1/X1.8/300 34 7⁄8 in 22.5 in — Lined 9CEJ1 SPINE
safe area

20 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) MATERIAL HANDLING

Work Safely at Elevated Heights

9NVR3

Welded Aluminum
Rolling Ladder
• Ships assembled
• 24" platform width
• 59° climbing angle
Aluminum is clean, corrosion-
resistant, and up to 50% lighter
than comparable steel ladders.
350-lb. load rating. 7"D steps,
14"D top step, and handrail.
Serrated, open grip tread allows
liquids to drain quickly; provides
maximum slip resistance for oily, wet, or
outdoor environments. Spring-loaded casters
help lift ladder off its legs when stepping off.
Platform Overall No. of Ladder Platform Bottom Base Handrail Item
Height Height Steps Tread Depth Width Depth Height No.
20 in 50 in 2 Serrated 14 in 26 in 23 in 30 in 2JYX1

Steel Rolling
Ladders
21VA15 8VYZ9
• Unassembled
• 450 lb. load capacity
Allows workers to safely reach items from any height.
A perforated step tread and foot activated step lock allow users
to safely keep the ladder the in place.
Platform Overall No. of Ladder Platform Bottom Base Handrail Item
Height Height Steps Tread Depth Width Depth Height No.
100 in 133 in 10 98 in 9NVR3
Perforated 14 in 32 in 30 in
120 in 153 in 12 109 in 8VYZ9

Deep-Top Steel
Rolling Ladders
• Ship unassembled
• 59° climbing angle
Ladders have an extra-deep
top platform for a comfort-
able work space, and Delrin®
bearing casters that allow it to
be rolled wherever it’s needed.
A foot-activated lock step keeps
it in place, to help prevent injury.
21UP71
Serrated, open grip tread allows
liquids to drain quickly, for excellent
slip resistance in oily, wet, or outdoor Steel Rolling Ladders
environments. 450-lb. load rating.
• 450 lb. load capacity
Gray powder-coated finish.
Climbing angles allow workers to reach
Platform Overall No. of Platform Bottom Base Handrail Item items at heights.
Height Height Steps Depth Width Depth Height No.
140 in 182 in 14 30 in 42 in 121 in 42 in 20Z250
A metal tread design provides slip
190 in 232 in 19 30 in 50 in 258 in 42 in 21VA15
resistance while a weight-activated step
lock keeps the ladder safely in place 21UW31
when in use.
Platform Overall No. of Ladder Platform Bottom Base Handrail Item
FIND MORE ONLINE Height Height Steps
Assembled
Tread Depth Width Depth Height No.

Can’t find it here? Go to [Link]® today to see 30 in 60 in 3 Expanded 20 in 30 in 30 in 30 in 21UP71

our full selection of over 1.5 million products and the Metal
.6111” Unassembled
SPINE services and solutions to help you get it done! 50 in 80 in 5 Perforated 10 in 30 in 84 in 30 in 21UW31
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 21

MATERIAL HANDLING

6000 Series
T7400 Series

6200 Series
T6200 Series

Fiberglass Twin
Fiberglass Stepladders
Stepladders Designed for one- or two-
The most-popular ladder style person jobs, with knee bracing
used for low and medium on every step. Duty Rating
heights. Top accommodates applies to each side.
Lock-In accessories. Molded T7400 Series—Ladders feature
large boots have EDGE bracing. an extruded aluminum top,
Ladder Item EDGE braing with aluminum
6000 Series—Stepladder Series Height Material No.
features a molded HolsterTop® Type I, 250 lb Duty Rating external rail shields, and alumi-
Ladder Item
and external spreader bars. 6000 8 ft Fiberglass 4W079 num internal spreader bars. Series Height Material No.
Type IA, 300 lb Duty Rating T6200 Series—Ladders have Type IAA, 375 lb Duty Rating
6200 Series—Stepladders
6200 6 ft Fiberglass 3W141 a molded LockTop® to securely T7400 6 ft Fiberglass 4XP49
feature orange side rails, a
6200 8 ft Fiberglass 3W142 Type IA, 300 lb Duty Rating
molded LockTop®, and steel hold tools, EDGE360™ bracing
6200 12 ft Fiberglass 3W422 with molded large boots, and T7400 14 ft Fiberglass 4XP53
internal spreader bars.
steel internal spreader bars. T6200 6 ft Fiberglass 6YG80

44YY29

Fiberglass
Specialty
Stepladder
Electricians Job Station
Stepladder features a
custom-molded top,
specifically designed to
hold electrical contractors'
tools, and an integrated
Stepladders retractable conduit holder
Feature slip-resistant shoes, for cutting pipe. Additional
heavy-duty spreader braces, heavy Ladder Item features include wire spool
duty reinforcements, and slip- Height Material No. holders and a multiuse Ladder Item
Type IA, 300 lb Duty Rating hook. With EDGE bracing Series Height Material No.
resistant tread in every step. With
6 ft Fiberglass 44YY19 Type IAA, 375 lb Duty Rating .6111”
wide back braces and molded top at bottom and internal SPINE
with handyman’s tool slots. 8 ft Fiberglass 44YY29 spreader bars for stability. OBEL00 6 ft Fiberglass 1FCF2
safe area

22 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) MATERIAL HANDLING

Steel Wire
Decking Material

489K21

9HR23
Particle Board
Starter Boltless Shelving with Steel Decking Decking Material
The rigid shelving units work for high-rise applications and high-density
mobile systems.
The units are easy to assemble with tapered keyhole slots and 489K25
snap-in rivet design. Additional hardware for assembly not 18-Ga. Bulk Storage Racks
required. Shelf supports incorporate double rivet connection Freestanding racks include five shelves.
and a V-beam design provides heavy-duty shelf support. Shelves feature a powder-coated finish.
Overall Overall Item Overall Overall Item
Height Depth Decking Material No. Height Depth Decking Material Shelf Cap. No.
72 in 24 in Steel 9HR23 72 in 24 in Steel 500 lb 489K21
72 in 18 in Steel 8PHA5 72 in 24 in Particleboard 800 lb 489K25

Bulk Rack
Freestanding rack includes four shelves.
Steel wire decking allows a clear
view of inventory and prevents accu-
mulation of dirt, oils, and debris.
Overall Overall Decking Shelf
Height Depth Material Cap. Item No.
78 in 24 in Steel 1,500 lb 36UP33

Boltless Shelving
Increase usable storage height and load capacity.
Vertical Bar Rack Rigid shelving units feature double-riveted
Store and organize bar stock and tubing. beams that lock into heavy-duty corner posts to
Vertical storage requires less floor space. Includes form structurally secure joints.
security chain and hooks. Overall Overall Decking
Overall Overall Overall Height Depth Material Shelf Cap. Item No.
.6111” Height Width Depth Shelf Cap. Item No. 1,800 lb 1VG43
SPINE 72 in 24 in Particleboard
60 in 48 in 24 in 1,500 lb 20VA66 1,400 lb 1VG44
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 23

MATERIAL HANDLING

Putty

Janitorial
Storage Cabinets
• Comes assembled
Organizes cleaning supplies and
keeps them secure with a locking
handle.
The powder-coated steel
closet can hold smaller
16D680 supplies as well as brooms,
mops, and vacuums.
Industrial Shelving Storage Cabinets No. of
Height of Width of Depth of Cabinet Shelf ▶CHOOSE: Item
• Shelves are adjustable Cabinet Cabinet Cabinet Shelves Cap. Cabinet Color No.

85 lb Putty,Dark
• Ship assembled Gray,Light
66 in 30 in 15 in 3 G6550
Gray,Black
Reinforced full-height flush doors can open at 180° on full-
Shelf capacity based on evenly distributed loads.
length piano hinges for easy access to contents. With chrome
keyed handle and 5⁄16" diameter lock rods. Shelves adjust on 4"
centers, no tools required. Durable powder coat finish.
Height Cabinet
of Width of Depth of No. of Shelf Locking Locking Item
Cabinet Cabinet Cabinet Shelves Cap. Gauge Points Mechanism No.
Wall
18 in 16D677 Cabinet
36 in 700 lb
72 in 4 16 3 Points Keyed 16D680
24 in
48 in 1,000 lb 16D682

5ZH09 Tall
Cabinet
Oversize
Cabinet
Plastic Utility
1UBV4 Storage Cabinets
• Adjustable shelves
Heavy-Duty Shelving Storage Cabinets Wall-mountable cabinets feature
• Adjustable shelves a durable resin construction that resists dents and will not rust.
Prime galvanneal sheet steel construction provides excellent Multi-wall panels are engineered for strength and stability. Easy
corrosion resistance for outdoor applications and general high- to assemble with minimal tools and virtually maintenance-free.
humidity conditions. Feature metal-reinforced shelves and padlockable doors (lock
not included).
Height Cabinet
of Width of Depth of No. of Shelf Locking Locking Item Note: Not intended for flammable, caustic, or hot items.
Cabinet Cabinet Cabinet Shelves Cap. Gauge Points Mechanism No.
Shelving Storage Cabinets No. of
Height of Width of Depth of Cabinet Shelf Item
36 in 1,900 lb 4UZ08 Cabinet Cabinet Cabinet Shelves Cap. Cabinet Color No.
4
48 in 1,200 lb 4UZ09 Wall Cabinet
78 in 24 in 8 825 lb 12 3 Points Padlock 5ZH09 36 in 30 in 20 1⁄4 in 2 75 lb Platinum/Slate 32XR99
60 in Hasp
4 1,650 lb 4UZ10 Tall Cabinet
72 in 8 765 lb 5ZH11 72 in 30 in 20 1⁄4 in 3 75 lb Platinum/Slate 32XT01
Countertop Cabinets Oversize Cabinet
.6111”
80 1⁄4 in 40 in 20 1⁄4 in 3 75 lb Platinum/Slate 32XT02
36 in 20 in 2 1,900 lb 12 3 Points Padlock 1UBV4 SPINE
Hasp Shelf capacity based on evenly distributed loads. safe area

24 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) BOXES

What strength do you need?

Using the chart below, find the weight of your shipment to see the box strength that you’ll need
to support it. You may need to follow a particular set of guidelines depending on your carrier.
Both the UPS and Fiber Box Handbook recommendations are represented in the chart.
There are two tests of box strength to consider: UPS Fiber Box
Guidlines Handbook Box Type
ECT (Edge Crush Test) measures the stacking strength 30-lb. 65-lb. 32 ECT Single Wall
of the box. The greater the number, the greater the 40-lb. 65-lb. 200# Single Wall
amount of force required to crush the box during stacking. 50-lb. 95-lb. 44 ECT Single Wall
60-lb. 100-lb. 48 ECT Double Wall
200# is a rating given to boxes that have received The 80-lb. 120-lb. 51 ECT Double Wall
Mullen Test for bursting strength. These boxes provide — 160-lb. 71 ECT Double Wall
greater overall stacking strength than ECT boxes. — 280-lb. 90 ECT Triple Wall

Flat

Standard
Shipping Boxes Cube & Standard Corrugated
• For additional box sizes, Tall & Long
see [Link] ®

Ship and store products with these Item

Inside L x W x H Board Test No.
single-wall, corrugated cardboard boxes. 20" to 22" Length
Boxes have flaps that close at the top Cube
or side, securing items inside. Box 20 x 20 x 20 in 32 ECT 493T86
strengths vary, but 200# provide more Item 20 x 20 x 20 in 200# 55NN04
protection against bursting and are stron- Inside L x W x H Board Test No.
Standard Corrugated
ger for stacking. 14" to 16" Length
20 x 14 x 12 in 32 ECT 11A791
Cube
Item 20 x 16 x 14 in 32 ECT 60YP87
Inside L x W x H Board Test No. 14 x 14 x 14 in 32 ECT 11A713
20 x 16 x 14 in 200# 55NM97
6" to 8" Length 14 x 14 x 14 in 200# 55NM57
20 x 20 x 12 in 200# 55NN03
Cube 16 x 16 x 16 in 32 ECT 11A747
24" to 26" Length
6 x 6 x 6 in 32 ECT 11K589 16 x 16 x 16 in 200# 55NM71
Cube
8 x 8 x 8 in 32 ECT 11K613 Standard Corrugated
24 x 24 x 24 in 32 ECT 493U23
Flat 14 x 10 x 6 in 200# 55NM49
24 x 24 x 24 in 200# 55NN23
8 x 8 x 4 in 32 ECT 11K609 14 x 10 x 10 in 32 ECT 11A707
Flat
Standard Corrugated 14 x 10 x 10 in 200# 55NM50
26 x 15 x 7 in 32 ECT 11A650
6 x 4 x 4 in 32 ECT 11K584 16 x 12 x 8 in 200# 55NM63
Long
6 x 6 x 4 in 32 ECT 11K587 16 x 12 x 10 in 32 ECT 11A737
24 x 10 x 4 in 32 ECT 11A625
8 x 6 x 6 in 32 ECT 11K606 16 x 12 x 12 in 32 ECT 11A738
24 x 10 x 6 in 32 ECT 11A626
9" to 11" Length 16 x 12 x 12 in 200# 55NM65
24 x 10 x 8 in 32 ECT 11A627
Cube 16 x 16 x 8 in 200# 55NM68
24 x 12 x 12 in 32 ECT 493T97
10 x 10 x 10 in 32 ECT 11A675 17" to 18" Length
24 x 12 x 12 in 200# 55NN12
10 x 10 x 10 in 200# 55NM31 Cube
Standard Corrugated
Standard Corrugated 18 x 18 x 18 in 32 ECT 11A777
24 x 16 x 12 in 32 ECT 493U02
10 x 8 x 6 in 32 ECT 11R186 18 x 18 x 18 in 200# 55NM88
24 x 16 x 12 in 200# 55NN16
Tall Printer
24 x 16 x 24 in 32 ECT 493U05
10 x 10 x 24 in 32 ECT 11A679 18 x 12 x 6 in 32 ECT 11R410
24 x 18 x 12 in 200# 55NN19
10 x 10 x 48 in 32 ECT 11A683 18 x 12 x 10 in 32 ECT 11A761
24 x 18 x 18 in 32 ECT 60YP96
12" to 13" Length 18 x 12 x 12 in 32 ECT 11A762
24 x 18 x 18 in 200# 55NN20
Cube Standard Corrugated
28" to 36" Length
12 x 12 x 12 in 32 ECT 11A689 17 x 12 x 12 in 32 ECT 11A754
Cube
12 x 12 x 12 in 200# 55NM44 17 x 13 x 5 in 32 ECT 11R402
30 x 30 x 30 in 200# 55NN27
Standard Corrugated 17 x 17 x 12 in 32 ECT 11A757
36 x 36 x 36 in 200# 55NN30
12 x 10 x 6 in 200# 55NM38 18 x 12 x 6 in 200# 55NM75
30" to 36" Length
12 x 10 x 8 in 32 ECT 11R327 18 x 12 x 12 in 200# 55NM78
36 x 36 x 36 in 32 ECT 11G188
12 x 10 x 8 in 200# 55NM39 18 x 14 x 12 in 32 ECT 11A767 Standard Corrugated
12 x 12 x 6 in 200# 55NM41 18 x 14 x 12 in 200# 55NM82 30 x 20 x 20 in 32 ECT 493U48
12 x 12 x 8 in 200# 55NM42 18 x 14 x 14 in 32 ECT 11A768 36 x 24 x 12 in 32 ECT 493U51
13 x 11 x 5 in 32 ECT 11R344 18 x 16 x 16 in 32 ECT 60YP82 40" to 60" Length
Tall 18 x 18 x 12 in 200# 55NM86 Standard Corrugated
.6111” 12 x 12 x 60 in 32 ECT 11A701 18 x 18 x 16 in 32 ECT 11A776 48 5⁄8 x 39 5⁄8
SPINE 32 ECT 11G193
12 x 12 x 72 in 32 ECT 11A702 18 x 18 x 24 in 32 ECT 493T73 x 35 5⁄8 in
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 25

BOXES

Multi Height Standard Shipping Boxes

Create multiple heights out of one box.
These boxes reduce the need for void-fill packaging and save
space in warehouses. The boxes are made of corrugated card-
board and have a 32 ECT strength rating.
Inside L x W x H Closure Item
49K015 (adj. height) Board Test Wall Type Style No.
20" to 22" Length
Inside L x W x H Closure Item 20 x 12 x 12-6 in 32 ECT Single Wall RSC 493U74
(adj. height) Board Test Wall Type Style No. 22 x 22 x 22-16 in 32 ECT Single Wall RSC 493U76
6" to 8" Length 24" to 26" Length
6 x 6 x 6-4 in 32 ECT Single Wall RSC 3AFT1 24 x 16 x 12-6 in 32 ECT Single Wall RSC 493U78
8 x 8 x 8-4 in 32 ECT Single Wall RSC 55VG30 24 x 18 x 12-6 in 32 ECT Single Wall RSC 493U79
8 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄2 x 12-8 in 32 ECT Single Wall RSC 49K015 24 x 18 x 18-10 in 32 ECT Single Wall RSC 493U80
12" to 13" Length 24 x 24 x 24-12 in 32 ECT Single Wall RSC 493U81
12 x 9 x 6-2 in 200# Single Wall RSC 55NM36 28" to 36" Length
12 x 12 x 8-4 in 32 ECT Single Wall RSC 5GMK7 30 x 17 x 16-10 in 32 ECT Single Wall RSC 493U84
12 x 12 x 12-6 in 32 ECT Single Wall RSC 3AFT9 36 x 36 x 36-20 in 32 ECT Single Wall RSC 55VJ57

Closure Wall Item

Outside L x W x H Inside L x W x H Board Test Style Thickness No.
Gaylord Containers
48 x 40 x 24 in 46 3⁄4 x 38 3⁄4 x 24 in 90 ECT HSC 1⁄2 in 55VJ71
48 x 40 x 36 in 49 5⁄8 x 39 5⁄8 x 35 5⁄8 in 51 ECT HSC 9⁄32 in 55VJ73
48 x 40 x 36 in 50 5⁄8 x 39 5⁄8 x 35 5⁄8 in 51 ECT RSC 9⁄32 in 55VJ72
Lids 48 x 40 x 36 in 46 3⁄4 x 38 3⁄4 x 37 in 90 ECT HSC 1⁄2 in 55VJ75
48 x 40 x 36 in 46 3⁄4 x 38 3⁄4 x 37 3⁄4 in 90 ECT RSC 1⁄2 in 55VJ74
48 x 40 x 48 in 46 3⁄4 x 38 3⁄4 x 48 in 155 ECT HSC 9⁄16 in 55VJ76
Bulk Cargo Containers
Gaylord Containers 48 x 40 x 36 in 47 5⁄8 x 39 5⁄8 x 35 5⁄8 in 32 ECT HSC 1⁄8 in 54TV16
and Lids D Air Cargo Containers
These boxes hold and organize 58 x 41 x 45 in 56 3⁄4 x 38 x 39 in 51 ECT HSC 1⁄4 in 3EVU6
bulk loads and transfer large Lids for Gaylord & Bulk Cargo Containers
shipments between locations. 37 1⁄2 x 37 1⁄2 x 6 in 36 3⁄4 x 36 3⁄4 x 5 in 48 ECT — 1⁄4 in 55VJ80
They are commonly used to 41 1⁄2 x 31 1⁄2 x 6 in 40 3⁄4 x 30 3⁄4 x 5 in 48 ECT — 1⁄4 in 55VJ81
collect recycling, trash, or debris at Gaylord Container 41 1⁄2 x 41 1⁄2 x 6 in 40 3⁄4 x 40 3⁄4 x 5 in 48 ECT — 1⁄4 in 55VJ82
a facility. The box's lids make them easy to stack and they 49 1⁄2 x 25 1⁄2 x 6 in 48 3⁄4 x 24 3⁄4 x 5 in 48 ECT — 1⁄4 in 55VJ83
can be reused as covers or flipped upside down and used 49 3⁄4 x 41 3⁄4 x 5 3⁄4 in 49 1⁄4 x 41 1⁄4 x 5 in 44 ECT — 3⁄16 in 55VJ84
as a tray to organize items. 49 1⁄2 x 49 1⁄2 x 6 in 48 3⁄4 x 48 3⁄4 x 5 in 48 ECT — 1⁄4 in 55VJ85

Find More Online

With over 1,600 types of boxes in stock, you’ll find
exactly what you need at [Link]/boxes.

Item
Inside L x W x H Color Board Test No.
4 x 4 x 2 in White 200# 52RR42
4 3⁄8 x 4 3⁄8 x 2 in White 200# 52RT03
Reinforced Literature Mailers 4 3⁄8 x 4 3⁄8 x 3 1⁄2 in White 200# 52RT27
• For additional sizes, see [Link]® 7 x 5 x 3 in White 200# 52RR67
Triple-layer sidewalls and double-layer front panels prevent the 7 1⁄8 x 5 x 3 in White 200# 52RT26
package from tearing or bursting during transit. 8 x 4 x 4 in White 200# 52RR78
8 x 8 x 3 in White 200# 52RR84 .6111”
They are stronger than standard literature mailers and ideal for SPINE
shipping fragile items wrapped in protective packaging material. 18 x 12 x 4 in White 200# 52RT15
safe area

26 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) BOXES

Insulated Box & Foam Shipping Kit Insulated Foam

Shipping Container

Insulated Shipping Cartons

Kits include an insulated shipping box with a lidded foam insert for constant and prevent damage to the products from excessive
packaging and shipping food, beverage and pharmaceutical products. heat or cold.
The foam container holds the product and fits securely into the
insulated box. These kits help keep the package temperature
Insert Wall Shipping Box Pkg. Item Insert Wall Shipping Box Pkg. Item
Inside L x W x H Thickness Material Qty. No. Inside L x W x H Thickness Material Qty. No.
Insulated Box and Foam Shipping Kits 16 x 9 x 13 in 3.0 in Cardboard 1 12F391
6 x 4 1⁄2 x 5 1⁄4 in 1.0 in Cardboard 2 12F380 17 x 10 x 12 3⁄8 in 1.5 in Cardboard 1 12F392
6 x 5 x 4 1⁄2 in 1.25 in Cardboard 2 12F381 17 x 17 x 9 in 1.5 in Cardboard 1 12F343
6 x 5 x 6 1⁄2 in 1.25 in Cardboard 2 12F382 18 x 14 x 19 in 1.25 in Cardboard 1 12F344
7 x 6 x 5 1⁄2 in 0.75 in Corrugate 2 12T966 18 3⁄4 x 18 3⁄4 x 17 in 0.75 in Corrugate 1 12T980
8 x 6 x 9 in 1.5 in Cardboard 4 12F337 19 x 12 x 12 1⁄2 in 1.5 in Cardboard 1 12F345
9 1⁄2 x 7 1⁄2 x 5 1⁄2 in 0.75 in Corrugate 3 12T967 19 x 12 x 16 in 1.5 in Cardboard 1 12F394
9 1⁄2 x 7 1⁄2 x 10 1⁄2 in 0.75 in Corrugate 2 12T968 21 1⁄4 x 15 1⁄2 x 15 1⁄2 in 2.0 in Cardboard 1 12F347
10 3⁄8 x 10 3⁄8 x 7 1⁄4 in 1.25 in Corrugate 4 12F401 22 7⁄8 x 16 7⁄8 x 16 7⁄8 in 1.25 in Corrugate 1 12T983
10 3⁄8 x 10 3⁄8 x 11 in 1.25 in Corrugate 2 12F402 23 x 14 x 23 in 2.5 in Cardboard 1 12F395
10 1⁄2 x 10 1⁄2 x 8 in 0.75 in Corrugate 2 12T970 25 x 16 1⁄2 x 12 in 1.5 in Cardboard 1 12F397
10 5⁄8 x 6 1⁄2 x 3 1⁄2 in 0.75 in Corrugate 4 12F413 26 x 19 3⁄8 x 10 1⁄2 in 1.5 in Cardboard 1 53XM46
10 5⁄8 x 6 1⁄2 x 5 in 0.75 in Corrugate 4 12F414 30 1⁄4 x 14 1⁄2 x 16 in 1.5 in Cardboard 1 12F398
12 x 10 x 7 in 1.5 in Cardboard 2 12F338
12 x 10 x 9 in 1.5 in Cardboard 2 12F339
12 x 10 x 15 in 1.5 in Cardboard 1 12F387
12 x 12 x 11 1⁄2 in 2.0 in Cardboard 1 12F340 Pkg. Item
12 3⁄8 x 10 1⁄2 x 10 3⁄8 in 2.0 in Cardboard 1 12F388 Inside L x W x H Insert Wall Thickness Qty. No.
12 3⁄4 x 12 3⁄4 x 12 1⁄2 in 1.25 in Corrugate 1 12F405 Insulated Foam Shipping Containers
13 x 13 x 12 1⁄2 in 1.5 in Cardboard 1 12F341 6 x 4 1⁄2 x 3 in 1.0 in 1 12F276
13 3⁄8 x 11 3⁄8 x 11 7⁄8 in 1.25 in Cardboard 1 12F389 6 x 4 1⁄2 x 5 1⁄4 in 1.0 in 1 12F275
14 x 8 x 10 in 0.75 in Corrugate 1 12T973 6 x 5 x 6 1⁄2 in 1.25 in 2 12F333
14 1⁄2 x 14 1⁄2 x 13 in 1.25 in Corrugate 1 12F417 10 x 10 x 4 1⁄4 in 0.75 in 3 12T969
14 1⁄2 x 14 1⁄2 x 14 in 0.75 in Corrugate 1 12T974 10 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 x 9 1⁄4 in 1.5 in 3 12F334
15 x 13 x 13 in 0.75 in Corrugate 1 12T975 12 x 10 x 15 in 1.5 in 2 12F335

AUTO-REORDER
Don’t run out of the products you need to help keep your
employees safe. Decide exactly how much you need now
and how often you need it, and we’ll take care of the rest.
Get email notifications before your order is automatically
replaced, and adjust or cancel orders anytime.
.6111”
SPINE
> Get started today at [Link]/autoreorder
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 27

PACKAGING

Seal Cartons Securely with a Wide Array of Adhesive Tapes

54EN20

54EN78
5MM80

Filament Tape
Fiberglass-reinforced tape commonly used in carton sealing. Filament Tape
This product was created with pride by Americans who are
3M® Filament Tape 8934—General purpose clear fiberglass-
blind or have significant disabilities. For nearly 80 years, the
reinforced tape features a synthetic rubber resin adhesive.
AbilityOne® program has been the preferred source, and brand
Scotch®—Fiberglass-reinforced tape features polypropylene
of choice, for federal purchasers.
backing for use in medium- to heavy-duty bundling.
Tape Tensile Item
W L Color Strength No. Tape Tensile Pkg. Item
W L Color Strength Qty. No.
48mm 55m White 300 lb./in. 5MM80
3⁄4"
3M® Filament Tape 8934
60 yd. White 300 lb./in. 5LG46
12mm 55m Clear 380 lb./in. 18 53XZ65
1" 60 yd. White 300 lb./in. 5MM83
72mm 55m Clear 100 lb./in. 12 54EN20
Scotch® Filament Tape
12mm 55m Clear 60 oz./in. 72 54EN37
24mm 55m Clear 380 lb./in. 36 54EN28
25mm 50m Clear 100 oz./in. 36 54EN68
36mm 55m Clear 70 oz./in. 24 54EN78

Strapping Tape
Features a pressure sensitive, acrylic adhesive that adheres
Strapping Tape to a variety of substrates. It is available on a skip-slit liner
Fiberglass reinforced polypropylene tape features hot for ease of application. Once bonded, it provides high,
melt resin adhesive for use in carton sealing. secure adhesion for extended periods in a wide range of
Tape Tensile Item climate and temperature conditions.
W L Color Strength No. Tape Tensile Pkg. Item
18mm 55m White 100 lb./in. 52CC53 W L Color Strength Qty. No. .6111”
48mm 55m White 100 lb./in. 52CC55 15⁄32" 60 yd. Black 110 lb./in. 144 29WT04 SPINE
safe area

28 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) PACKAGING

23M278 15U825

24K302
Filament Tape
3YTY7
IPG®—Fiberglass-reinforced tape provides
superior adhesion for light- to medium- Tape Tensile Pkg. Item
load applications. W L Color Strength Qty. No.
3M® Filament Tape—General purpose IPG
clear fiberglass-reinforcedtape features a 12mm 55m Clear 110 lb./in. 72 23M278
synthetic rubber resin adhesive. 72mm 55m Clear 110 lb./in. 16 23M279
Scotch®—Fiberglass filaments embedded 3M® Filament Tape
in the tape give it a high grade of tensile 18mm 55m Clear 100 lb./in. 48 3YTY7
strength, making it highly resistant to Scotch®
tearing from twisting or stretching. 24mm 55m Clear 380 lb./in. 1 15U825
Shurtape®—Uses an aggressive, 36mm 55m Clear 380 lb./in. 24 2DEB4
synthetic rubber adhesive for quick 50mm 50m Clear 150 lb./in. 1 15F823
Shurtape
stick, shock resistance, and high
48mm 55m White 100 lb./in. 24 24K302
shear strength.

54EN29

49XZ58

31HJ52
Carton Sealing Tape
Carton Sealing Tape Features high-tack, moisture- and chemical-resistant
Hot Melt Adhesive—Bonds quickly, whether applied manu- rubber adhesive.
ally or automatically. For use with automatic carton sealing
Tape Tensile Pkg. Item
machines. Higher shear than acrylic. 3" core. W L Color Strength Qty. No.
Acrylic Adhesive—Clear and scannable for use with bar-coded Scotch® Light Duty Packaging Tape 681
labels. Ages well and will not yellow over time. Good initial 13mm 66m Transparent 25 lb./in. 72 54EN29
adhesion, but takes 24 to 48 hr. to cure and achieve max. bond 25.4mm 66m Clear 25 lb./in. 36 54EN64
strength. 3" core.
Tensile Item
W L Strength Brand No.
Hot Melt Adhesive KnowHow ®

2" 110 yd. 19 lb./in. Approved Vendor 49XZ58

48mm 50m 30 lb./in. Scotch 15F814
Stay in the know with our online library of
48mm 50m 35 lb./in. Scotch 24A626 workplace news, videos and interactive content
72mm 50m 35 lb./in. Scotch 15F811 tailored to your line of work.
Acrylic Adhesive
48mm 50m 20 lb./in. Approved Vendor 31HJ46
.6111” 48mm 100m 20 lb./in. Approved Vendor 31HJ47
SPINE
> Visit [Link]/know-how
48mm 100m 22 lb./in. Approved Vendor 31HJ52
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 29

PACKAGING

Carton Sealing Tape Pad

Each 25 sheet layered pad has a removable paper to provide good adhesion to a wide variety of
tab and is designed for in-field repair of damaged surfaces including bags, boxes, plastic film, powder
packages, shipping label protection and other, coats, metals and glass. For easy one hand applica-
miscellaneous packaging applications such as tion, simply peel away the back sheet and place the
sealing envelopes and small packages. The pressure pad on a vertical or horizontal surface.
sensitive hot melt rubber resin adhesive is formulated
Tape Tensile Pkg. Item
W L Color Strength Qty. No.
50.8mm 0.15m Clear 35 lb./in. 40 1F197

Hot Melt Adhesive Sealing Tape

Quick bonding to a variety of different substrates including recycled corrugate and
fiberboard. Creates a strong bond to hold flaps tight.
Tape Tensile Pkg. Item
W L Color Strength Brand Qty. No.
48mm 100m Clear 22 lb./in. Scotch 36 29WR67
48mm 100m Clear 19 lb./in. 3M 36 46U087
29WR67 72mm 100m Clear 27 lb./in. Shurtape 6 52CC59

Tamper Evident Tape

Tape is designed to stop the theft of valu-
able goods. Once the tape strip is opened Tape Pkg. Item
or removed, a hidden message alerts W L Thickness Color Qty. No.
the user that contents may have been Tamper Evident Tape
tampered with. Offers versatile perfor- 2" 180 ft. 2.00 mil Blue 1 16G847
mance with virtually all surfaces, including 2" 180 ft. 2.00 mil Red 1 16G846
shrink wrap film. The No-Rez labels reveal Premium Tamper Evident Tape
a void message when the label is removed, 2" 180 ft. 2.00 mil Red 1 38UZ38
38UZ38 and leave no sticky residue behind on the No-Rez, Tamper-Evident Label
1⁄2" 1 7⁄8" 3.00 mil Red 250 16G853
16G847 applied surface.

3W660
Handheld Label
Handheld Tape Dispenser Applicator
Helps keep tape from sticking on roll and Easily peel and dispense labels or
lets you unwind tape easily. die-cut parts. Automatically rewinds
Mfr. Pkg. Item liner scrap and remove paper, vinyl, polyester,
W L Includes Model Qty. No. etc. from its liner for increased productivity.
Dispenser/Tape Kits
Mfr. Item
(1) H122 Refillable Dispenser, (2) For Max. Label Width Model No.
2 in 2 in PSD1 1 3W660
48mm x 50m Rolls of 375 Tape
1 in
1⁄4 LAP65-30 11J894
(4) 48mm x 50m Rolls of 375
2 3⁄8 in LAP65-60 11J895 .6111”
2 in 2 in Tape, (4) Built-in Disposable PSD2 4 3W661
Hand Dispensers 3 27⁄32 in LAP65-100 11J893 SPINE
safe area

30 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) PACKAGING

3FKN6
3EGL3
29WR63 3EGL2 24A814
1F238

Carton Sealing Tape Dispensers

Handheld tape dispensers for lighter box reinforcement
and bundling.
3JXW7 3YTA2 52WX73
Max.
Tape Mfr. Item
Width Construc. Brand Model No.
Adhesive Transfer Tape, Handheld Tape Dispenser
3⁄4 in Plastic 3M 700 1F238
Handheld Tape Dispenser
2 in Metal, Plastic Scotch HR80 29WR63
2 in Metal, Plastic Scotch H180 3EGL2
3 in Metal, Plastic Scotch HR83 29WR64
2 in Plastic Scotch H190 3EGL3
2 in Plastic Scotch H122 3FKN6
2 in Metal, Plastic 3M HB903 24A814
2 in Metal, Plastic Approved Vendor 3JXW7 3JXW7
2 in Metal, Plastic Approved Vendor 52WX72 52WX72
9X562 40TU25
3 in Metal, Plastic Approved Vendor 3YTA2 3YTA2
8AK02
3 in Metal, Plastic Approved Vendor 52WX73 52WX73
2 in Steel Seal Safe QPC-2398 9X562
2 in Plastic Shurtape SD 932 40TU25
3 in Safety Soft Touch D4143ABF 8AK02

11J970 11J971
4PME6
3A530

External Tape
Dispenser Stand
4PMG7
Heavy-duty tape or
label dispenser stand, Carton Staples
which can hold rolls up
Interchangeable with other brands,
to 20" diameter.
such as CCC, Bostitch®, Kihlberg®,
Overall Item International Staple and Machine,
For Use With Width Mfr. Model No.
11J890, 11J891, 11J897, 11J898, 11J899, 11J901, 11J902, 11J903,
Container Corp., JK, and Salco.
11J904, 11J905, 11J906, 11J907, 11J908, 11J909, 11J910, 11J911, Leg Pkg. Item
11J912, 11J913, 11J914, 11J915, 11J916, 11J917, 11J919, 11J949, Crown Length Qty. Brand No.
11J951, 11J952, 11J953, 11J954, 11J955, 11J956, 11J957, 11J958, Copperized Metal
3 in TDSTAND03 11J970
11J959, 11J960, 11J961, 11J962, 11J963, 11J978, 11J979, 11J980,
11J981, 11J982, 11J983, 11J984, 11J985, 11J986, 11J987, 11J988, 1 1⁄4 in 3⁄4 in 25000 Westward 4PME6
11J989, 11J990, 11J991, 11J993, 11J994, 11J995, 11J996, 11J997, 1 1⁄4 in 5⁄8 in 24000 Westward 3A530
11J998, 11J999, 11K001, 11K002, 11K003, 11K004, 11K006
1 1⁄4 in 5⁄8 in 25000 Westward 3A528
11J890, 11J891, 11J897, 11J898, 11J899, 11J901, 11J902, 11J903,
11J904, 11J905, 11J906, 11J907, 11J908, 11J909, 11J910, 11J911, Approved 4PME9
1 3⁄8 in 3⁄4 in 25000 Vendor
11J912, 11J913, 11J914, 11J915, 11J916, 11J917, 11J919, 11J949,
11J951, 11J952, 11J953, 11J954, 11J955, 11J956, 11J957, 11J958, 1 3⁄8 in 5⁄8 in 25000 Westward 3A529
8 in TDSTAND08 11J971
11J959, 11J960, 11J961, 11J962, 11J963, 11J978, 11J979, 11J980, Galvanized Metal
11J981, 11J982, 11J983, 11J984, 11J985, 11J986, 11J987, 11J988,
.6111” 1⁄2 in 1⁄2 in 25000 Westward 4PMG7
11J989, 11J990, 11J991, 11J993, 11J994, 11J995, 11J996, 11J997,
SPINE 11J998, 11J999, 11K001, 11K002, 11K003, 11K004, 11K006 1⁄2 in 5⁄8 in 25000 Westward 4PMG8
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 31

PACKAGING

23X754
Hot Melt Glue Stick
1VAK8 Nos.23X754 and 23X758 hot melt glue
Electric Glue Guns sticks are made to be used as an adhe-
3M—No. 1VAK8 AE II high-output sive when melted in an electric glue
applicator is excellent for assembly, gun. The hot melt adhesive can be an
repair, panel bonding, and struc- alternative to solvent-based adhesives.
39AN01 No. 4YR50 glue sticks are designed for
tural bonding applications.
use with 1⁄2" electric glue guns.
Surebonder®—No. 39AN01 Begins to Pkg. Mfr. Item
is a high-temperature gun for For Use With Color Harden Size Qty. Model No.
fixed temperature applications. 29⁄64" Capacity Transparent 30 to 60 0.45 x 10" 12 23X754 23X754
Heavy-duty gun No. 20YV44 Glue Gun sec.
29⁄64" Capacity Opaque 30 to 60 0.45 x 10" 12
features cartridge heaters with adjust- 23X758 23X758
Glue Gun sec.
able temperatures. 1⁄2" Electric 30 to 60 0.43 x 10" 100
Transparent 4YR50 4YR50
Westward—Heavy-duty glue gun Glue Guns sec.
features high temperature setting
that bonds cardboard, ceramics, 4YR48
leather, light metals, and wood. Its
low temperature setting bonds heat-
sensitive parts such as fabrics, foam 4GZK6
materials, and plastics. Gorilla Glue® Super Glue
Glue Stick Mfr. Item Bonds to most common building
Description Watts Capacity Feed Brand Model No.
AE II materials.
Trigger Anticlog cap with a metal pin inside
Applicator, 100 W 1⁄2 in x 12 in 3M AE II 1VAK8
Advance
110 V ensures an airtight seal
Heavy-Duty 220 W 0.43 in, 0.45 in, Trigger Surebonder PRO2- 39AN01 for maximum reusability.
1⁄2 in, 7⁄16 in 220HT
Clamp Mfr. Item
Heavy-Duty 220 W 0.43 in, 0.45 in, Trigger Surebonder PRO2- 20YV44
1⁄2 in, 7⁄16 in Characteristics Color Time Size Model No.
220
Heavy-Duty 80 W 7⁄16 in Lever Westward 4YR48 4YR48 Anti-Clog Tip, Impact 10 to (2) 3g 7800102 4GZK5
Resistant, Polyurethane Clear 45 sec. Tubes
Adhesive, Rubber Toughened
Anti-Clog Tip, Impact 10 to
Resistant, Polyurethane Clear 45 sec. 15g 7805002 4GZK6
Adhesive, Rubber Toughened

1TMA1

Gorilla Glue® All

Purpose Glue Wood Glues 5E104
• Temp. range: -40° to 212°F DAP® Weldwood
Extremely strong bonding power. Bonds Carpenter's Glue—Sets
wood, stone, metal, ceramic, and more. fast, grips tight, and sands
Mfr. Item
easily. Solvent resistant.
Color Clamp Time Size Model No. Nontoxic.
Brown 1 to 2 hr 2 oz. 5000201 1TLZ9 Wood Glue—Powdered,
Brown 1 to 2 hr 4 oz. 5000413 1TMA1 urea formaldehyde activates
Brown 1 to 2 hr 8 oz. 5000802 1TMA2 by mixing with water and
Brown 1 to 2 hr 36 oz. 5003601 1TMA4 forms a high-strength bond.
Low VOC.
Titebond® II
Premium Wood Glue—
Water-resistant glue is good 1FCC5
1FCC2 for interior/exterior.
Gorilla® Wood Glue—Dries Natural Color, 4GZK3
FDA approved for direct food contact, non-toxic,
PVA, solvent- and water-resistant.
Titebond® III Ultimate Begins to Item
Wood Glue Description Color Harden Size No.
Weldwood Carpenter's Wood Glue
Waterproof formula has longer open Aliphatic Resin Yellow 10 min. 1 qt. 5UFR4
assembly time and lower application Aliphatic Resin Yellow — 1 gal. 5E104
temperature. Sands easily. Interior/exterior. Titebond® II Wood Glue, Premium
Item Honey
Exterior 5 min. 1 gal. 1FCC5
Description Color Begins to Harden Size No. Cream
Water-Resistant Tan 10 min. 8 oz. 1FCC1 Gorilla® Wood Glue
Water-Resistant Tan 10 min. 16 oz. 1FCC2 Indoor and Outdoor Use Cream 5 to 10 Min. 8 oz. 4GZK3 .6111”
Water-Resistant Tan 10 min. 1 gal. 1FCC3 Indoor and Outdoor Use Cream 5 to 10 Min. 18 oz. 4GZK4 SPINE
safe area

32 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) PACKAGING

2JFJ8
1UW40 5AH44

29PH37

Packing List Envelopes and Pouch Tape

Packing List Envelopes—Durable polyethylene envelopes
protect and hold packing slips and shipping documents.
Pouch Tape—Versatility with pad convenience. No cutting
means minimum waste.
Opening Mfr. Item
5AP83 9PZN8
H W Description Color Type Brand Model No.
Legend - Blank

9 1⁄2" 13" No Legend Clear Side Approved

Vendor 29PH48 29PH48 Drum Labels
9 1⁄2" 12" No Legend Clear Side Approved 29PH49 29PH49
Vinyl labels designed for 55-gallon drums to identify contents.
Vendor Each label has a surface that can be written on.
Approved
6 3⁄4" 10 3⁄4" No Legend Red Side Vendor 29PH51 29PH51 Pkg. Item
Legend H W Brand Qty. No.
Approved
5 1⁄2" 10" No Legend Clear Side Vendor 29PH52 29PH52 No More Than One Inch of Residue
Remains on the Bottom of This Drum.
Approved Dum is Empty By EPA Standards. 6" 6" Brady 100 1UW40
5 1⁄2" 7" No Legend Clear Side Vendor 29PH45 29PH45
Last Contained_______Date_______
Approved Department_______Signature_______
4 1⁄2" 5 1⁄2" No Legend Clear Side Vendor 29PH44 29PH44
Federal Laws Prohibit Improper Disposal
7" 10" No Legend Clear Side, Back Approved 29PH53 29PH53 If Found, Contact The Nearest Police
Vendor or Public Safety Authority or The U.S. 6" 6" Brady 50 5AH44
Legend - Packing List/Invoice Enclosed Environmental Protection Agency, Generator
Information: _______etc. Handle With Care!
4 1⁄2" 5 1⁄2" Small Legend Orange Side, Back Approved
Vendor 29PH30 29PH30 Optional Information Shipper________
Address_______City, State, 6" 6" Brady 50 5AP83
Packing Zip_______Contents_______
10" 5 1⁄2" List/Invoice Clear Side 3M PLE-T4 2JFJ8
Enclosed Optional Information Shipper________
Address_______City, State, 6" 6" Accuform 100 9PZN8
Legend - Packing List Enclosed Zip_______Contents_______
5 1⁄2" 10" Small Legend Orange Side, Back Approved
Vendor 29PH37 29PH37
Approved
5 1⁄2" 7" Small Legend Orange Top, Back Vendor 29PH34 29PH34
Packing List Orange Side, Back Approved 29PH32 29PH32
4 1⁄2" 5 1⁄2" Enclosed Vendor Damage Indicators
Pouch Tape Pads 55JG14
• Not Resettable
10" 6" — Clear — Scotch 832 3KT65
Alert recipients when ship-
ments need to be inspected
for damage.
Temperature—Indicators
show whether a shipment
has been exposed to
warm or cold tempera-
tures. They are activated
when a certain tempera-
ture threshold is reached. 55JG21
Tilt—Indicators provide 55JG01
16U863 clear visual indication if a
Instructional shipment has been turned on its side, turned over, or tilted at an
Handling Label angle that exceeds a predetermined level.
Pressure-sensitive color labels self-adhere to packages. Temperature Label Label Pkg. Item
Adhesive-backed and sold in rolls. Range Width Height Brand Qty. No.
Pkg. Item Temperature Indicator Label
Legend W H Qty. No. 32° to 140°F 1 1⁄8 in 2 1⁄2 in Coldmark 100 55JG14
Fragile Thank You 5" 3" 500 16U863 -13° to 46°F 3⁄4 in 1 13⁄16 in Warmmark 100 55JG21
.6111” Packing List Enclosed 5" 3" 500 16U831 Tilt Indicator Label
SPINE Fragile 4" 4" 500 16U810 -10° to 90°C 1 21⁄32 in 2 15⁄64 in Tiltwatch 100 55JG01
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 33

PACKAGING

Barcode Label Scanner

No batteries to charge or replace.
Corded barcode scanner plugs into a USB
outlet and is ideal for use in shipping and
receiving departments.
Travel Distance Max. Scan Item
from Base Distance Connec. Type No.
24 in 2 ft USB 60EA92
60DZ09

60DZ98

Barcode Label Printers

• Tear-off dispensing style 2XZN3
• Printer resolution: 203 dpi
60EA50
Create custom shipping labels.
Print barcodes and other useful information on direct transfer or
thermal transfer labels. 13C564
Labels and Label Tape
Max. Print Wire Item
Item Width Print Speed Communication No. DYMO Label Tape Rolls—Labels adhere to smooth, curved,
Industrial Printer 4.09 in 12 in/sec Wired 60DZ09 textured, and highly textured surfaces. Designed for envelopes,
Performance 4.09 in 8 in/sec Wired 60DZ98 boxes, file holders, and other labeling tasks.
Desktop Printer Brother®—DK die-cut labels are convenient, pre-sized labels
Mobile Printer 4.1 in 4.5 in/sec Wireless (wifi) 60EA50 that are pre-cut into label shapes/sizes commonly used in
mailing and administrative applications.
Mfr. Item
Description Brand Model No.
Printer Labels, Black on White
Address Labels, 260 per Roll, 3 1⁄2"W Dymo 30320 2XZN3
Address Labels, 350 per Roll, 2 3⁄4"W Dymo 30252 1ZTB7
General Purpose Labels, 500 per Roll, 3 1⁄2"W Dymo 30336 2XZN6
Adhesive Name Badge Labels, Dymo 30857 2XZN8
250 per Roll, 3 1⁄2"W
DK Paper Label Rolls for use with QL Series Printer
800 Brother DK1209 13C564
400 Brother DK1201 13C558

487F12

Desktop Label Printers

Print multiple labels at one time. 13C569
High-speed printers quickly create
paper labels for packages, enve-
lopes, file folders, and postage. 420R59
Printer Max. Print Item
Resolution Print Speed Width Includes No. Direct Thermal
Software, USB Cable, AC
Adapter, Quick Setup Guide, Labels
Documentation, Die Cut
Large Shipping Labels (41 Adhesive DK paper label rolls
300 dpi 1.15 in/sec 4 in 487F12 for use with QL Series printer.
labels) Starter Roll, 2.4 in
(62mm) Continuous Length
Black on White Paper Labels Item
Tape (8m) Starter Roll L W per Roll No.
6" 4" 200 13C569 .6111”
300 dpi, (2) Starter Rolls, AC
1.84 in/sec 2.3 in 420R59 SPINE
600 dpi Adapter, USB Cable 2 27⁄64" 4" 300 13C559
safe area

34 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) PACKAGING

22D109

60DY23

Direct Thermal Labels

Printer Labels Permanent adhesive backing sticks
Direct Thermal—Features a strong permanent adhesive and to most surfaces.
require a resin-enhanced wax ribbon (not included). Label rolls typically contain
Thermal Transfer—Designed with a permanent adhesive and more labels than fanfold labels
require no ribbon; image is transferred directly from printer. to reduce reloading time. They
Labels Item are compatible with desktop 60DY28
L W per Roll Temp. Range No. label printers.
Direct Thermal Labels Rolls
2" 4" 3,000 -4° to 176°F, Min Application Temp: 32 22D104 Label Label Labels per Item
Width Height Core Dia. per Roll Case No.
3" 4" 2,000 -4° to 176°F, Min Application Temp: 32 22D105
Barcode Printer Label
4" 4" 3,000 -4° to 176°F, Min Application Temp: 32 22D112
3 in 1 in 1 in 1300 12 60DY23
6" 4" 250 -4° to 176°F, Min Application Temp: 32 22D109
3 in 2 in 1 in 1200 12 60DY31
6" 4" 1,000 -4° to 176°F, Min Application Temp: 32 22D107
4 in 2 in 1 in 1200 6 60DY26
6" 4" 2,000 -4° to 176°F, Min Application Temp: 32 22D113
Thermal Transfer Labels
4 in 6 in 1 in 475 12 60DY28
2" 4" 3,000 -4° to 176°F, Min Application Temp: 32 22D091
6" 4" 1,000 -4° to 176°F, Min Application Temp: 32 22D094
3" 4" 2,000 -4° to 176°F, Min Application Temp: 32 22D092

Thermal Label
Printer Ribbon

35YP13

Thermal Transfer Labels

Designed with an all-temperature
adhesive for outdoor applications.
Labels Item
L W per Roll Temp. Range No.
4" 4" 1,500 -40° to 168°F 35YP13
6" 4" 1,000 -40° to 169°F 35YP14 Thermal Transfer Barcode
6" 4" 1,000 -40° to 172°F 35YP17 Printer Ribbon

Thermal Transfer Ribbons

• All are compatible with Zebra printers
Suitable for use indoors or outdoors.
Printer Labels, Wax/resin thermal transfer ribbons create labels that resist
smudges, weather, and scratches.
Black on White
Rolls per Item
Print mailing, filing, and Ribbon Width Ribbon Length Core Dia. Case No.
media labels from a variety Label Printer Ribbon
of software programs. 1ZTB9 4.34 1,476 ft 1 in 6 35YP36
Mfr. Item Thermal Transfer Barcode Printer Ribbon
Description Model No. 2.52 in 243 ft 1⁄2 in 6 60DY17
Return Address Labels, 500 per Roll, 3 1⁄2"W 30330 1ZTB9 3.30 in 243 ft 1⁄2 in 6 60DY18
.6111” Shipping Labels, 300 per Roll, 3 1⁄2"W 30256 1ZTB8 4.33 in 243 ft 1⁄2 in 60DY19
SPINE Printer Label for 23M340, 6"W 1744907 23M346 6.50 in 1476 ft 1 in 60DY55
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 35

PACKAGING

36LN81

5VFX9
VCI Bags
VCI Bags Versatile bags combine beneficial barrier film with anti-corrosion
Recyclable and nontoxic bags are designed with a beneficial protection for safe, easy, and dry packaging of metal products.
barrier film with anti-corrosion protection for safe, easy, and dry Recyclable and nontoxic.
packaging of metal products. Pkg. Item
L W D Thickness Qty. No.
Pkg. Item
L W D Thickness Qty. No. Open End Poly Bag
14 in 10 in 19 in 2 mil 500 36LN91 12 in 10 in 12 in 4 mil 1000 36LN81
20 in 16 in 30 in 4 mil 100 36LN95 18 in 12 in 18 in 4 mil 500 36LN82
29 in 29 in 56 in 4 mil 50 36LP03 24 in 18 in 24 in 4 mil 250 36LN83
50 in 48 in 80 in 2 mil 75 36LN89 36 in 24 in 36 in 4 mil 125 36LN84
96 in 54 in 44 in 4 mil 20 5VFX9

61AM46

2EWH1
Open End Poly Bag
Heat seal, staple, bag tie, or tape closed. LDPE bags come in
packs of 100 stapled to a chip- board header.
61AM52 Pkg. Item
W L Thickness Qty. No.
Clear LDPE Reclosable 6 in 8 in 1.5 mil 2000 2EWG9
Poly Bags 8 in 15 in 1.5 mil 1000 2EWH1
No need for a heat sealer or twist ties. 10 in 12 in 1.5 mil 1000 5CPH4
Low-density polyethylene (LDPE)
zip-seal bags are reinforced to Pkg. Item
help prevent splitting and can be L W Qty. No.
opened and closed multiple times. Reclosable Poly Bag
They keep contents organized and 18 in 12 in 1000 61AM46
protect them from dirt, moisture, 18 in 12 in 500 61AM52
and static. 24 in 24 in 250 61AM55
Open End
Poly Bags,
12" to 64"L
Open End Poly Polyethylene bags
are designed for food
Bags, 12" to 36"L applications and
Polyethylene bags can be can be heat sealed,
heat sealed, stapled, taped, stapled, taped, or
or closed with a bag tie. closed with a bag tie. 4DKW4
Pkg. Item Pkg. Item
L W Thickness Qty. No. L W Thickness Qty. No.
Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE) 12 in 9 in 4 mil 1000 4DKY2
12 in 10 in 6 mil 1000 55NK47 20 in 14 in 0.75 mil 1000 4DKW4
15 in 12 in 2 mil 500 5ZW14 24 in 18 in 4 mil 250 5DHW9
18 in 12 in 6 mil 500 5DRC7 24 in 18 in 6 mil 250 5DRC8
36 in 24 in 6 mil 100 55NK60 30 in 20 in 3 mil 250 5DHK2
High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) 36 in 24 in 3 mil 250 5DHK4
5ZW14 18 in 12 in 0.75 mil 1000 55NK49 64 in 38 in 2 mil 100 5DHD2 .6111”
30 in 18 in 0.5 mil 1000 4DKV5 64 in 38 in 3 mil 100 5DHK6 SPINE
safe area

36 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) PACKAGING

5ZZ35

5DRY8

5DTJ5
Open End Poly Bags
13F534
LLDPE Poly Bags—Linear low-density bags have extra
strength that can allow a lighter-gauge bag to replace a heavier- Poly Bag Sealers
gauge LDPE bag. Hand-Operated—Tabletop
LDPE Poly Bags—Low-density bags can be heat sealed, sealers create a consistent REPAIR
stapled, taped, or closed with a bag tie. Accordion folds on both 1⁄16" seal.
Seal KITS Item
Length Watts Item No. No.
sides accommodate bulky items. Hand-Operated Cutter Hand Operated Bag Sealers
Pkg. Item Sealers—Units have a built-in 12 in 580 W 5ZZ38 4LT28
W D L Qty. No.
cutter handle with a double- 12 in — — 13F534
Linear Low Density Polyethylene (LLDPE)
edged blade to create seals Hand Operated Cutter
10 in 8 in 24 in 500 5DRY8 Poly Bag Sealers
with a 1⁄4" top border. Use on
Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE) 12 in 430 W 2VAE2 5ZZ35
bags or tubing.
6 in 3 in 15 in 1000 5ZW17
9 in 0 12 in 1000 5ZW12
10 in 0 24 in 500 5DTJ5
12 in 0 18 in 500 5ZW15
15 in 0 20 in 500 5ZW16
20 in 0 30 in 200 5DTK3

56LR75
2EWL7

Shipping
Mailers &
Envelopes
Protect items from
damage during
shipment.
Mailers made of 56LT17
paper or poly mate-
rial cost less to ship than boxes
packed with void fill or protective
packaging. Mailing envelopes are
flat and have a closure to seal the
contents securely inside. 56JJ58
8AYX4 Usable Usable Pkg. Item
Material Width Length Color Brand Qty. No.
Bubble Mailer
Poly Tubing and 3 7⁄8 in 6 3⁄4 in 250 56LR75
Item Paper Kraft Jiffylite
Poly Tubing Rack W L Thickness No. 8 3⁄8 in 10 3⁄4 in 100 56LR79
Poly Tubing Padded Mailer
Poly Tubing—Cut to length
Recycled Macerated
for flexibility; heat seal, 5 in 1,075 ft 4 mil 2EWN1 5 3⁄4 in 8 1⁄2 in Kraft Approved
Padding Vendor 250 56LR97
staple, bag tie, or tape 4 in 1,075 ft 4 mil 2EWL7
Poly Mailer
closed. 100% virgin low- 6 in 725 ft 6 mil 2EWN4
Tuffgard
Poly 10 1⁄2 in 14 1⁄2 in White Extreme 50 56LT17
density polyethylene material 6 in 1,075 ft 4 mil 2EWN3
is treated on 1 side to accept 12 in 725 ft 6 mil 2EWP7 Mailer Envelopes
printing. 3" cores. 12 in 1,075 ft 4 mil 5ZW58 Insulated Metalized 7 1⁄2 in 10 3⁄4 in Silver Approved
.6111”
Poly Tubing Rack—Holds Poly Tubing Rack Polyethylene Vendor 100 56LA09
SPINE 24 in — — 8AYX4 Chipboard 12 in 15 in White Stayflats 100 56JJ58
safe area multiple rolls.

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 37

PACKAGING

36DY72

Bubble Rolls
Unmatched stretchability allows for tight
wrapping around corners and contours.
Anti-Static Bubble Rolls
Regularly spaced, uniform air pockets Antistatic properties allow for use in
cushion items inside a package to packing products such as electronics and
protect them from damage during transit circuit boards. Superior burst strength
or storage. and excellent air retention provides
durable protection against shock and
Pkg. Item
impact. Tacky film surface protects
Roll Width Roll Length
3⁄16
Qty.
in Bubble Size, Perforated
No.
Adhesive Bubble Rolls against shifting during shipping.
12 in 300 ft 4 787PR9 Adhesive bubble roll sticks to the product
Pkg. Item
12 in 750 ft 4 5VER1 and is easy to apply and remove leaving Roll Length Roll Width Qty. No.
24 in 300 ft 2 787PT0 no residue. Perforated
24 in 750 ft 2 5VER3 Pkg. Item 175 ft 24 in 1 5VEX0
48 in 750 ft 1 5VER4 Roll Width Roll Length Qty. No. 250 ft 48 in 1 5VEW2
1⁄2 in Bubble Size, Non-Perforated Perforated Non-Perforated
24 in 125 ft 2 36DY72 12 in 300 ft 4 787PV3 250 ft 24 in 2 5VEP9
24 in 250 ft 2 5VEL3 24 in 300 ft 2 787PV4 250 ft 48 in 1 5VER0
48 in 250 ft 1 36DY64 48 in 300 ft 1 56LT89 300 ft 12 in 4 39UK81

Bubble Bags
Ideal for packaging high volumes
of small items.
Self-sealing bags keep
loose items secure in
the bag during ship-
ping. They protect items
from chipping, bending, or
breaking and reduce the need
to wrap and tape items with
bubble rolls or sheets.
Bubble Bubble Bubble Bag Bubble Bag Bags per Item
Bubble Bag Type Bag Style Size Width Length Case No.
General Purpose 3⁄16 in 4 in 5 1⁄2 in 1,500 36DY41
6 in 8 in 56KZ72
250
Heavy Duty Self-Sealing 5⁄16 in 8 in 11 in 56KZ73
36DY51 15 in 125 56KZ74
12 in
Anti-Static 3⁄16 in 15 1⁄2 in 200 56LT36
Bubble Roll Dispenser Pack
Perforated every 12". Unmatched stretchability
allows for tight wrapping around corners and
contours. Superior burst strength withstands
shock and impact. Tacky film surface protects
against product slippage or shifting during
shipping.
Dunnage Bags
Antistatic roll Item • Breaking inflated load
Roll Width Roll Length No. limit: 6 psi
No. 56LT83— Perforated Bubble Roll
Antistatic Dispenser Pack • Max. inflated load limit: 3 psi Item
properties allow 12 in 100 ft 36DY51 Provide cushion to protect loads. L W No.
for use in packing 12 in 175 ft 36DY52 28-mil thick bags are made of polyethylene, polypropyl- 36 in 24 in 2GWN1
products such as Perforated Anti-Static ene, and Kraft paper. Can be reused up to 10 times and 48 in 36 in 2GWN2
electronics and Bubble Dispensing Box 48 in 48 in 2GWN6 .6111”
comes with a resealable valve. Inflator Tool No. 2GWP2 SPINE
circuit boards. 12 in 175 ft 56LT83 is required, sold separately. 84 in 48 in 2GWN9
safe area

38 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) PACKAGING

Foam Rolls
Non-Perforated Foam Rolls—
Highly flexible and nonabrasive
wrap will not scratch finely
finished surfaces. Lightweight
and moisture repellent.
Perforated Foam Rolls—Use
as an interweave and for surface
Instant Foam Packaging
protection. Nonslip properties Provides a custom-fit protective cushion that is easy to
make it ideal for use with prod- 36DY85 use. No system or warmer is required, so packaging can
ucts with high-finish surfaces. be activated at room temperature. For small-to-medium
volume packaging applications.
Item
Roll Width Roll Length Thickness Material No. Pkg. Item
Non-Perforated W L Bag No. Qty. No.
48 in 550 ft 1⁄8" Plastic 36DY85 18" 15" 10 36 2CXC3
Perforated* 18" 18" 20 36 2CXC4
24 in 450 ft 1⁄8" Polypropylene 1HAY6 24" 18" 40 30 2CXC5
48 in 550 ft 1⁄8" Plastic 36DY82 24" 18" 60 30 2CXD6
27" 22" 80 24 2CXC6
*Perforated every 12".

Packing Peanuts
Dissolve in water.
Biodegradable peanuts are suitable for filling void space 5PGL5
in packages that will not be exposed to moisture.
Item
W L H Size No.
Biodegradable Cornstarch, Reuseable
25" 19" 30" 7.5 cu. ft. 4NZE5
26" 26" 47" 15 cu. ft. 4NZE7
40" 30" 56" 20 cu. ft. 4NZE6

Kraft and Butcher Paper

Kraft Wrapping Paper—Versatile,
economical packaging material is great
56LU29 for covering boxes, books, etc. and for
use as void fill to protect items during
shipping. Choose individual sheets for
Air Cushion use with uniform sized items or as inter-
Packing System leaving material.
and Packaging Film Butcher Paper—Great for covering
Swiftly inflate and seal air bubble film. tables and wrapping deli items.
Air pillow machine holds a roll of Item
W L Basis Weight No.
uninflated air pillow film to provide
Rolls, 8 1⁄2 in Dia.
on-demand bubble cushioning at pack-
Kraft Paper
aging stations. The machine and film rolls
24" 1200 ft. 30 lb 5PGL5
take up less space than other types of
56LU23 36" 600 ft. 60 lb 5PGP4
protective packaging, such as peanuts or
48" 900 ft. 40 lb 5PGN5
packing paper. Butcher Paper
Pkg. Item
Item Dimensions Qty. No. 36 in 1,100 ft 40 lb 5PGK9
Air Cushion Packing System 28 in L x 17 in W 1 56LU29 Rolls, 9 in Dia.
.6111” Bubble Film 1,500 ft L x 16 in W 1 56LU30 Kraft Paper
SPINE Bubble Roll Uninflated Film 2,000 ft L x 16 in W 1 56LU23 24" 1225 ft. 40 lb 5PGN1
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 39

PACKAGING

Wrap With Built-In

Dispenser & Hand Brake

General Purpose
Hand Grade
Stretch Wrap
Offers good cling, quiet release,
and high clarity. Multilayer film Blown General Purpose
technology offers greater strength. Stretch Wrap with Handle
3" core. Without dispenser. High cling wrap with superior puncture resistance. Ready-to-
use disposable system features hand brake on dispenser to
Item
W L Gauge No. protect user's hands from friction heat buildup.
Cast Pkg. Item
12" 1500 ft. 80 ga 15A935 W L Color Gauge Qty. No.
15" 1500 ft. 70 ga 15G112 20" 1000 ft. Purple 80 ga 1 15A846
15" 1500 ft. 80 ga 15G113 30" 1000 ft. Purple 80 ga 4 15A834
18" 1500 ft. 80 ga 15A936 20" 800 ft. Purple 120 ga 1 15A845

15A883
Cast Stretch Wrap, Built In
Dispenser with Hand Brake
Offers good cling, quiet release, and high clarity.
Multilayer film technology offers greater strength.
3" core. Ready-to-use disposable system features
hand brake on dispenser to protect user's hands
from friction heat buildup.
Pkg. Item
W L Color Gauge Qty. No.
General Purpose Stretch Wrap with Handle
15" 1000 ft. Clear 80 ga 1 15A884
20" 1000 ft. Clear 80 ga 1 15A886
20" 1000 ft. Clear 80 ga 1 15A908
30" 1000 ft. Clear 70 ga 4 15A840
Color Coding Stretch Wrap with Handle
20" 1000 ft. Blue 80 ga 1 15A878
Product Concealing Stretch Wrap
20" 1000 ft. White 80 ga 1 15A848
20" 1000 ft. Black 80 ga 1 15A883

Machine Grade
Stretch Wrap
Unwinds quietly from stretch wrap
machines.
Cast stretch film has more
cling than blown film and
provides improved clarity for
viewing bundle labeling. It
requires less force to stretch
during application, promoting
more efficient wrapping and Stretch Wrap Cutters
reducing worker fatigue. Slice through stretch wrap, bubble rolls, paper, and twine.
Cutters have a recessed blade that cuts long lengths without
Overall Overall Item the stretch wrap jamming the blade. They cut wrapping from the
Width Length Gauge No. roll or remove stretch wrap from a bundle.
20 in 5,000 ft 80 ga 15C012 Item
20 in 6,000 ft 70 ga 56HG18 L W H For Use With No. .6111”
20 in 6,000 ft 80 ga 56HG23 6 1⁄2 in 1 1⁄5 in 0.6 in Strap, Stretch Film, Tape 5NVZ6 SPINE
safe area

40 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) PACKAGING

5A414

Stretch Wrap Machines

Wrap up to 20 loads per hour,
4000-lb. load capacity turntable.
Predator™ SS models use 20" film.

5NVZ1

3KB51

Item
Description Roll Width Speed Voltage Amps No.
Predator™ SS Low Profile 20 in 10 rpm 115V AC 15 3KB51
System, 80" Wrap Height
Predator™ SS Low
Profile System, 80" Wrap 20 in 12 rpm 115V AC 15 6MGU9
Height with Scale
Predator™ SS Low Profile 20 in 12 rpm 115V AC 15 6MGU8 2TKZ5
System, 110" Wrap Height
Synergy 0.5 Stretch 12 in to 12 rpm 115V AC 10 6HH17
Wrap Machine 18 in

3KB50 Stretch Wrap Dispenser 5NVZ2

Nelson—Ergonomically-designed
handheld dispenser allows user to wrap
loads without bending or using awkward
positions. Can reach heights up to 2 ft.
above user’s height. Aluminum construc-
tion. Adjusts to accept 11" to 20"W film.
Includes brake for preferred stretch.
Highlight—Innovative control delivers
higher stretch levels for tight, secure, and
Stretch Wrap Turntables economical loads. Comfortable foam
Low-profile use with ramp for pallet jack loading and high-profile handle with 33° angle makes it easy
for fork lift loading. 4,000-lb. load capacity turntable. to wrap any load. Sturdy zinc die-cast
construction. Adjusts to accept 12" to
Item
Description Speed Voltage Amps No. 18"W film.
Turntable 10 rpm 115V AC 15 3KB50 Approved Vendor—Easy to load and dispense stretch film.
Turntable 12 rpm 115V AC 15 6MGV1 No. 5NVZ1 has adjustable tension. Nos. 5NVZ1 and 5NVZ2
have a cushion handle, which is angled for easy use.
Item
Core Size Roll Width Brand No.
3" 11 in to 20 in Nelson Wrap Nwd 2TKZ5
3" 12 in to 18 in Highlight 5A414
2 & 3" 12 in to 20 in Approved Vendor 5NVZ1
3" 12 in to 20 in Approved Vendor 5NVZ2

Manual
Eliminator
Stretch Bundler
This system orbits Want to see more? Find it online!
around items to tightly From bubble rolls to boxes to machines, we have a full
wrap products together.
line of packaging supplies at [Link]/packaging.
It makes bundling
easier and reduces
hand fatigue and
strain.
Item
.6111” Description Roll Width No.
SPINE Eliminator Orbital Stretch Wrap Bundling System 12 in to 18 in 6MGV3
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 41

PACKAGING

Polyolefin
Polyolefin
Shrink Wrap Film,
60 ga
Centerfold polyolefin film forms skin-
tight protective wrap over packages. Polyolefin
Economical for manual applications. Shrink Wrap Film,
Polyolefin wrap is approved for direct
food contact.
75 ga
Item Centerfold polyolefin film forms skintight protective wrap over
Roll Width Roll Length No. packages. Economical for manual applications. Polyolefin wrap
10 in 4,350 ft 5URT4 is approved for direct food contact.
14 in 4,350 ft 5URT6
Item
16 in 4,350 ft 5URT7 Roll Width Roll Length No.
18 in 4,350 ft 5URT8 16 in 3,500 ft 45EJ56
18 in 3,500 ft 45EJ57
22 in 3,500 ft 45EJ58

PVC

PVC
PVC
Shrink Wrap Film,
Shrink Wrap Film,
75 ga
100 ga
Centerfold PVC film forms
skintight protective wrap over Centerfold PVC film forms
packages. Economical for skintight protective wrap over
manual applications. packages. Economical for
Item
manual applications.
Roll Width Roll Length No. Item
12 in 500 ft 5ZZ34 Roll Width Roll Length No.
18 in 500 ft 5ZZ44 15 in 1,500 ft 5URR8
22 in 500 ft 5ZZ46 16 in 1,500 ft 5URR9
24 in 500 ft 3ZKX5 18 in 1,500 ft 5URT0

Polyethylene

Polyethylene
Shrink Wrap Film
Waterproof, durable, and highly puncture-
and tear-resistant; provides UV protection
for up to 9 months. Shrink with Propane
Heat Gun No. 5URU8, sold separately.
Roll Item
Roll Width Length Thickness Color No.
20 ft 100 ft 7 mil White 5URU6 .6111”
24 ft 90 ft 7 mil White 5URU7 SPINE
safe area

42 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) PACKAGING

4DWU2

3A082 2CXL3 2CXL6

2CXP8 16P074
Poly Cord Plastic Strapping Plastic Strapping Kit
Replaces steel strapping in applications where steel is too No. 3A082—Includes strapping and 425 wire buckles in
heavy, costly, or dangerous. Superior tensile strength, shock carrying carton. Tools not required, but for greater tension
absorption, and elongation capacity. use with Hand Tensioner.
Strap Break Core Coil Pkg. Item No. 2CXL3—Includes strapping, 1-hand tensioner, and
Width Strength L Thickness Dia. Color Width Qty. Brand No. 300 wire buckles, all packaged in a self dispensing carton.
Nonwoven Nos. 2CXL5, 2CXL6, and 2CXL7—Include strapping, 500
1 1⁄2" 5,401 lb 892 ft. 0.0322 in 3" Natural 15" 2 Caristrap 4DWU2 serrated seals (No. 2CXL5 has open seals), and strapping
Woven
tensioner and sealer, all preloaded on a mobile strapping
Approved
3⁄4" 1,830 lb 1320 ft. 0.03 in 4" White 5" 1 Vendor 2CXP8 dispenser.
3⁄4" 1,830 lb 1640 ft. 0.0299 in 3" Natural 11 1⁄2" 2 Caristrap 4DWY2 Strap Break Item
1 1⁄4" 3,527 lb 525 ft. 0.0433 in 3 1⁄2" Green 18" 2 Caristrap 4DWZ3 Description Width Strength L Brand No.
1 1⁄4" 3,527 lb 1083 ft. 0.0433 in 3 1⁄2" Green 15" 2 Caristrap 4DWZ5 Handy Strapper Kit 1⁄2" 400 lb 2500 ft. Signode 3A082
1 1⁄2" 5,400 lb 479 ft. 0.0496 in 3 1⁄2" Blue 19 1⁄2" 2 Caristrap 4DWY6 Polypropylene Kit 1⁄2" 300 lb 3000 ft. Approved Vendor 2CXL3
Composite Cord Strap Polypropylene Kit 1⁄2" 500 lb 3600 ft. Approved Vendor 2CXL5
Approved 16P074 Polyester Kit 1⁄2" 775 lb 5800 ft. Approved Vendor 2CXL6
3⁄4" 1,400 lb 1640 ft. 0.06 in 8" White 8" 1 Vendor Polyester Kit 5⁄8" 1,400 lb 4000 ft. Approved Vendor 2CXL7

Hand and Machine Grade Plastic Strapping

Smooth strapping features a uniform surface for
reliable performance to enhance split resistance in
machines and with hand tools. Embossed strap- 33RZ21
ping has a textured pattern to improve stiffness, and Strap Break Core Coil Item
increase joint efficiency. 200-, 300-, 330-ft. mini coils Width Strength L Thickness Dia. Color Width No.
are dispensed from a carton and do not have a core. Polypropylene
Polypropylene Strapping—Can be sealed with Smooth
strapping seals, heat welds, or friction welds. High 1⁄2" 500 lb 8000 ft. 0.022 in 16" Black 6" 33RZ21
break-strength strapping should be used with larger Embossed 2CXH1
1⁄2" 300 lb 9000 ft. 0.018 in 16" Black 6" 2CXH1
and heavier loads. Feature high elongation and
1⁄2" 500 lb 7200 ft. 0.026 in 16" Black 6" 2CXH3
recovery. Recyclable.
1⁄2" 600 lb 7200 ft. 0.03 in 16" Black 6" 2CXH5
Polyester Strapping—Elongates less than poly-
propylene and retains tension better over a longer Polyester
period of time. Nick-resistant and can be sealed Smooth, Waxed
1⁄2" 500 lb 10,500 ft. 0.018 in 16" Green 6" 33RZ20
with serrated strapping seals, heat welds, or friction
1⁄2" 820 lb 6500 ft. 0.028 in 16" Green 6" 33RZ01
welds. High break-strength strapping is an alterna- 33RZ20
5⁄8" 1,300 lb 4000 ft. 0.035 in 16" Green 6" 33RZ12
tive to steel strapping. Dynamic memory allows
5⁄8" 1,400 lb 4000 ft. 0.035 in 16" Green 6" 2CXL2
strapping to conform to shrinking or settling loads. 3⁄4" 2,500 lb 2400 ft. 0.05 in 16" Green 6" 33RZ04
Recyclable. AAR strapping also available.

2CXH8
4DXA4
Machine-Grade
Plastic Strapping Polyester Cord
Has the same characteristics as hand Strapping Tensioners
strapping, but with tighter tolerances Portable, compact, and easy-
for machines. Smooth, polypropyl- to-operate tensioners maximize
ene strapping is for use primarily with strapping strength. Rugged
Signode® tools; embossed can be used 3XG65 steel and aluminum construc- 4DXA8
with other brand's strapping machines. tion for durability and reliability.
Strap Break Core Coil Item Comes with strap cutter.
Width Strength L Dia. Color Width Brand No. For Strapping Item
Polypropylene Description Width No.
Embossed Flat Surface
3⁄8" 300 lb 12,900 ft. 8" White 8" Approved Vendor 2CXH8 Manual 3⁄4" 4DXA4
1⁄2" 325 lb 9900 ft. 8" White 8" Approved Vendor 2CXJ1 Manual 1 1⁄2" 4DXA6
1⁄2" 325 lb 9900 ft. 8" White 8" Signode 6BY59 Pneumatic 3⁄4" to 1 1⁄2" 4DXA8
.6111” Smooth Round Surface 4DXA7
SPINE 7⁄16" 500 lb 7500 ft. 7 13⁄16" Black 7 13⁄16" Signode 3XG65 Manual 1 1⁄2" 4DXA7
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 43

PACKAGING

3CTU2 3XG70
Steel
Strapping
Kits
Complete Kits—Kits
include 500 galvanized open
seals, feed-wheel tensioner,
sealer, mobile dispenser,
Steel Strapping, Oscillated Wound cutter, and steel strapping.
Strong, cold-rolled steel strapping is painted and waxed to Round type kits include
improve tension around loads. Oscillated wound strapping is push-type tensioners and
wound uniformly and tightly back and forth across the 2 1⁄2" push seals.
width of the coil. Mini-Coil Kits—Kits include
Breaking Item two 200-ft. coils of steel
W Thickness Strength L Brand No. strapping in self-dispensing
Standard Duty cartons, 500 galvanized
1⁄2" 0.020" 1180 lb. 2942 ft. Approved Vendor 3CTU2 open seals, feed-wheel
Regular Duty
1⁄2"
tensioner, sealer, and cutter
0.017" 1275 lb. 3460 ft. Signode 3XG67
all in a convenient steel
5⁄8" 0.020" 1470 lb. 2353 ft. Approved Vendor 3CTU3
carrying case. 3CUN5
5⁄8" 0.017" 1625 lb. 2770 ft. Signode 3XG68
3⁄4" Item
0.020" 1750 lb. 2058 ft. Signode 2CVC5 For Strapping Width L No.
3⁄4" 0.017" 1900 lb. 2310 ft. Signode 3XG69 1⁄2" 2942 ft. 3CTX1
High Tensile 3⁄4" 400 ft. 3CTW9
1⁄2" 0.020" 1525 lb. 3087 ft. Signode 3XG70 3⁄4" 1961 ft. 3CUN5
5⁄8" 0.020" 1900 lb. 2478 ft. Signode 3XG71 5⁄8" 400 ft. 6LGE0
3⁄4" 0.020" 1765 lb. 1961 ft. Approved Vendor 3CTU4
3⁄4" 0.025" 2800 lb. 1648 ft. Signode 3XG72
3⁄4" 0.029" 3400 lb. 1428 ft. Signode 6AA21

16P036 16P042

5A422

Steel Strapping
Strong, cold-rolled steel strap-
ping is painted and waxed to
improve tension around loads.
Ribbon-wound strapping is Steel Strapping
wound with each layer directly Strong, cold-rolled steel strapping is painted and waxed to
over the one below so that the improve tension around loads. Ribbon-wound strapping is
width of the coil is the same as wound with each layer directly over the one below so that the
the strap width. width of the coil is the same as the strap width.
Breaking Item Breaking Item
W Thickness Strength L Carbon Level No. W Thickness Strength L Carbon Level No.
Regular Duty Regular Duty
1⁄2" 0.017" 1275 lb. 300 ft. Low Carbon 5A419 3⁄8" 0.015" 665 lb. 300 ft. Low Carbon 16P036
Standard Duty 1⁄2" 0.023" 1350 lb. 300 ft. Low Carbon 16P038
3⁄4" 0.017" 1900 lb. 300 ft. Low Carbon 5A425 5⁄8" 0.020" 1855 lb. 300 ft. High Carbon 16P042
5⁄8" 0.017" 1625 lb. 300 ft. Low Carbon 5A422 High Tensile
High Tensile 3⁄4" 0.025" 2770 lb. 300 ft. High Carbon 3CTV2
1 1⁄4" 0.029" 5400 lb. 891 ft. High Carbon 3XG74 1 1⁄4" 0.029" 5530 lb. 811 ft. High Carbon 3CTU7

Strapping Cutters
Sheer-cut blades provide clean, smooth,
easy cuts on flat or round packages.
Heat-treated cutting edges.
Strap Strap Tool Item
3CTX3 Width Gauge Length Brand No.
3⁄4" 0.035" 9" Approved Vendor 3CTX3
6A218
1 1⁄4" 0.050" 12" Crescent H.K. Porter 6A218
2" 0.050" 24" Mip 5ZW77
5ZW77 2" 0.050" 24" Crescent H.K. Porter 6A219 .6111”
2" 0.050" 25" Approved Vendor 52YU72 SPINE
safe area

44 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) PACKAGING

4NLJ7

4BU76
52YU73

Strapping Combo Tool

4BU77 Tension, crimp, and cut strapping with just 1 tool. Tensions 2
ends of strapping, then interlocks and crimps them to create a
seal. Can be used for retensioning loose straps. Designed for
flat surfaces. Signode features bronze and aluminum construc-
tion. Approved Vendor tool has steel construction.
For Strapping Item
For Strapping Width Thickness Brand No.
66DK11 1⁄2" 0.017" to 0.023" Approved Vendor 52YU73
1⁄2" Up to 0.023" Signode 4NLJ7
3⁄4" Up to 0.025" Signode 4NLJ9
Mobile Steel Strapping
Dispensers and
Dispenser Kits
Dispensers—Holds plastic or
steel strapping coils to keep
materials organized and have
wheels that allow operators
to move the unit around
worksites. Carts secure coils 3XH05
through the core, so opera-
tors can pull strapping off the coil as needed. A brake stops the
roll from turning or unwinding when not in use. 1ATA1
Strapping Tool Kits—Contain strapping tensioner, sealer,
mobile dispenser, and cutter. Order strapping and seals
separately.
Item
Coil Type Strapping Size Brand No.
Mill Wound 3⁄8" to 3⁄4" Signode 4BU76 3XH07
Ribbon/Mill Wound 3⁄4" or 1 1⁄4" Signode 4BU77
Strapping Tool Kits

Application For Strapping Width Brand

Item
No.
Pneumatic Steel Strapping Tools
Flat 1⁄2" Approved Vendor 66DK11
Push-Type Combination Tool—Tension, seal, and cut strap-
Flat 5⁄8" Approved Vendor 66DK12 ping with 1 tool. Easy to operate with 2 buttons and 2 strap
Flat 3⁄4" Approved Vendor 66DK13 loading. Fast cycle time, up to 700 lb. of tension. Max. strap
Flat 1 1⁄4" Approved Vendor 66DK15 gauge is 0.025".
Tensioner—Allows uniform and precise tensioning and sealing
by adjusting air pressure. Quick-disconnect plug and socket are
included. Filter-regulator lubricator is required. Up to 700 lb. of
REGISTER NOW! tension. Max. strap gauge is 0.044".
Sealers—Create a secure seal by notching seal into tensioned
Enjoy These strap. Max. strap gauge is 0.031".
Features & More! For
Strapping For Strapping Mfr. Item
Width Thickness Notch Type Model No.
Access your pricing Push-Type Combination Tool
3⁄4" 0.017" to 0.025" Single Reverse PNSC2-34 3XH05
View order history
Tensioner
Save favorites to your personal lists 3⁄4" to 1 1⁄4" Up to 0.044" — PN2-114 3XH07
Check real-time product availability Sealers
.6111” 3⁄4" 0.025" to 0.031" Single Reverse 424200 1ARZ9
SPINE > Sign in or register at [Link]® today!
1 1⁄4" 0.025" to 0.031" Single Reverse 424125 1ATA1
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 45

PACKAGING

3ZRT8

2LCY4

Polyethylene Clear Pallet Cover

Item
Pallet cover protects warehouse and loading dock items from Finished Size No.
dust, dirt, debris, or moisture during shipment or storage. 3 ft. x 4 ft. x 4 ft. 3ZRT8
Pkg. Item Pallet Cover Tarp 3 ft. x 4 ft. x 6 ft. 3ZRT9
W D L Qty. No. 4 ft. x 4 ft. x 4 ft. 3ZRU1
Extra tough tarp is UV- and
1.5 mil Thickness 4 ft. x 4 ft. x 6 ft. 3ZRU2
moisture-resistant.
51 in 49 in 73 in 100 2EWH5
51 in 49 in 85 in 100 2EWH6
2 mil Thickness
55 in 45 in 73 in 30 2LCY4
55 in 45 in 97 in 20 2LCY6

No Stack Cone
Corrugated cone warns
workers that pallets cannot
take stacking weight.
These items attach with
packing straps to the top
of a shipment.
Pkg. Item
H L W Qty. No.
10 in 8 in 8 in 100 3EXF8

Top Sheeting
Edge Protectors
Protects loads from dust, dirt, and debris. Sturdy poly-
ethylene film comes in a roll of 75 centerfolded sheets, Safeguard loads from
perforated every 60". damage during shipment
or storage.
Item
W L Color Gauge No. Edge protectors stabilize
60" 60" Clear 125 ga 15C010 items, help eliminate shifting, and provide additional support for
double-stacked pallets. They are secured in place using stretch
wrap or strapping.
Item
W D L Thickness No.
36 in 0.16 in 56JL16
3 in 3 in 48 in 0.16 in 56JL17
36 in 0.23 in 56JL21

Bench Scale
Determine accurate shipping cost estimates.
General Purpose Scale Scale has a large platform for weighing
Digital floor scale handles shipping and receiving applications. more items and larger packages than
The scale is designed to handle scrap recycling, freight for- compact counting scales. It can also be
warding, and inventory control for warehouses and businesses. used to count the number of items being
It is made of 4 alloy steel and weighs up to 5,000 lb. weighed by sampling an individual item
and calculating the total quantity.
Weighing Weighing
Scale Scale Surface Surface Overall Item Weighing Weighing
Cap. Display Graduations Depth Width Height No. Weight Surface Surface Overall Weighing Item
Cap. Depth Width Height Units No. .6111”
5,000 lb, Digital 0.5 kg/1 lb 48 in 48 in 3 3⁄4 in 19ND56 SPINE
2,300 kg 500 lb 20 7⁄8 in 15 3⁄8 in 29 5⁄8 in lb, lb/oz, gr 60JC93
safe area

46 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) ADHESIVES & SEALANTS

Spray Adhesives 6KWY1 15E719 3MA16

3M Multipurpose 27—Fast-tack sprays cover a wide variety of
substrates.
3M Super 77™ Multipurpose—High-tack, fast drying spray bonds
quickly. Low soak-in for long-lasting bond.
3M Hi-Strength 90—Creates a high-strength bond with excellent
moisture resistance. Features variable-width lace spray pattern.
Item
Substrates Temperature Range Size No.
Multi-Purpose #27
Paper, Cardboard, Fabrics, Soft Foams Less Than 140°F 20 oz. 6KWY1
Super 77™
Cardboard, Carpet Tiles, Drywall Corner Beads, Fabrics, Films, Foam, Foils, Insulation, Metal, Paper, Plastics, Wood Less Than 122°F 16.75 oz. 3MA23
Cardboard, Carpet Tiles, Drywall Corner Beads, Fabrics, Films, Foam, Foils, Insulation, Metal, Paper, Plastics, Wood Less Than 150°F 18 oz. 15E719
Hi-Strength 90
Kick Plates, Laminates, Polyethylene and Polypropylene, Wood, Metal, Glass, Ceramics, Leather, Felt, Fabric Less Than 122°F 24 oz. 3MA16

5A462 4KL14

Epoxy and Acrylic Adhesive

Devcon® epoxy—bonds to metal, Loctite® Depend® 330™—structural bond
glass, ceramic, concrete, and wood. on a variety of materials, including metal,
Forms a clear, strong, rigid bond in 5 wood, ferrite, ceramic, and plastic. High-
minutes. Resists chemicals and works viscosity 2-step acrylic adhesive kit comes
well with metals. Low viscosity. with adhesive, activator, and applicator.
Shear
Container Work Functional Full Strength Item
Description Type Type Size Color Life Cure Cure (psi) No.
Devcon
5-Minute® Epoxy General Purpose Adheisve To Bond Metals, Glass Ceramic And Phenolic Cartridge 0.85 oz Amber 6 min 15 min 12 hr 1,900 5A462
Loctite
Depend® 330™ No-Mix Adhesive Kit Syringe 0.85 oz Yellow 5 min 5 min 24 hr 3,300 4KL14

Repair Putties 4AUX3

PC-Plumbing®—For sealing plumb- Loctite EA 3463 Metal Magic Steel™—
ing components with potable water Seals pipes, gas tanks, water tanks, and
contact. Cures wet or dry. Waterproof vessels. Epoxy stick can be kneaded.
after cured. Use on PVC, ABS, stain- Loctite EA 3473 Fast-Set Steel Putty—
less steel, copper, galvanized, black Trowelable putty sets quickly and is
5TT85
pipes, and tubing. machinable when cured.
Shear Functional Mfr. Item
Description Type Color Temp. Range Strength Work Life Cure Size Model No.
PC Products
PC-Plumbing® Hand Moldable, 2-Part Plumbing Epoxy Gray -20° to 250°F 900 psi 3 min 60 min 4 oz 045596 4AUX3
Loctite
EA 3463 Metal Magic Steel Steel Filled, in Stick Form Gray Up to 250°F 2,500 psi 3 min 10 min 4 oz 209681 5TT85
EA 3473 Fast Set Steel Putty Steel Filled, Non-Slumping, Faster Setting Gray Up to 200°F 4,600 psi 3 min 10 min 1 lb 219293 2TKP9

Threadlockers
Primerless Threadlocker—Allows you to apply
threadlocking material without using priming activators.
Threadlockers—Help prevent damage to fasteners
by sealing air gaps to stop fasteners from loosening.
Primers are often suggested when using threadlockers
to help increase adhesion to fasteners.

Size
Begins to
Harden Series Temp. Range
Item
No.
Static Mix Nozzle
Primerless Threadlocker Stepped end mix nozzle used with
50 mL 5 min 243 -65° to 360°F 5HYH5 all Hysol 50ml cartridges.
Threadlocker Mfr. Item
.6111” 10 mL 5 min 242 -65° to 300°F 5A228 5HYH5 2A269 For Use With Mixing Ratio Model No.
SPINE 50 mL 5 min 242 -65° to 300°F 2A269 50mL Cartridges 1:1, 2:1, 4:1 720230 4UK16
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 47

ADHESIVES & SEALANTS

Silicone Sealant
GE 4UG98 4UH03 5A463
Window and Door Sealant—Withstands all weather conditions
and will remain permanently waterproof, flexible, shrinkproof, and
crackproof. Adheres to most wood, metal, vinyl siding, drywall,
plaster, glass, and plastic.
Sealant—Silicone II Window and Door is waterproof, flexible, and
won't crack, crumble, or degrade. Can be exposed to water as Begins to Performance Item
soon as 3 hr. after application. Shrink- and crack-proof. Description Harden Temp. Range Size Color No.
DAP GE
Rubber Sealant—100% silicone rubber sealant is a long-lasting Window and Door Sealant 30 min -60° to 400°F 10.1 oz Clear 4UG98
flexible seal that resists cracking, crumbling, and chalking. Sealant 30 min -60° to 400°F 10.1 oz Clear 4UH03
DAP
Can be used to make gaskets. Waterproof seal is mildew resistant.
Indoor/outdoor use. Functional cure: 24 hr. Rubber Sealant 20 min -40° to 400°F 9.8 oz Clear 5A463

Pipe Thread Sealant

Seal threaded pipe fittings properly and block the leak path along the threads.
Designed for the locking and sealing of metal pipes and fittings. Product cures
49CR86 5A237 when confined in the absence of air between close fitting metal surfaces and
prevents loosening and leakage from shock and vibration.
Container Gas Pressure Liquid Pressure Begins to Application Item
Size Type Chemical Type Strength Color Range Range Full Cure Harden Temp. Range No.
50 mL Bottle Methacrylate Ester — Purple 10,000 psi — — — 72°F 5A237
50 mL Tube Methacrylate Ester Low White 10,000 psi 10,000 psi 24 hr 30 min -65° to 450°F 49CR86
250 mL Tube Methacrylate Ester Low White 10,000 psi 10,000 psi 24 hr 30 min -65° to 450°F 49CR87

2RPJ6 458J56

Spray Foam Sealants

Single- or two-component multipurpose sealants
are ideal for large job applications.
Sealant Expansion Insulation Container Mfr. Item
Description Application Ratio Value Color Size Coverage Type Std. Model No.
Single-Component
Multipurpose/ Aerosol ASTM E84/
Spray Foam Sealant 2 to 3:1 R-4.5 Black 12 oz 1,996 Linear ft @ 1⁄4 in Bead P30053G 2RPJ6
Construction Can UL 723
Two Components
Two ASTM E-84
Spray Foam Insulation Kit Insulation 0.334 R-4.3 Cream 26.4 lb 20.83 cu ft, 250 Board ft P10692G 458J56
Cylinders Class 2(B)

Gasket Sealant
Low-solvent formulations that release significantly fewer harmful
vapors than standard adhesives.
RTV Silicone Sealant No. 1FBH7 is waterproof.
RTV Silicone Gasket Maker No. 1FBH9 is a high-temperature
formulation that is safe on sensors.
Mfr. Item
Size Color Temp. Range Full Cure Model No.
3 oz Clear -75 to 500°F 24 hr 80066 1FBH7
1FBH7 1FBH9 11.1 oz Red -80 to 700°F 24 hr 80728 1FBH9

Weldwood® Original
Contact Cement
A neoprene rubber that forms a
Manual Caulking Guns 2PB79 permanent bond. For use with
Ratchet rod-style guns hold 10-oz. caulk tubes. all laminate products. Adheres
Item
to wood, masonry, and most
Construc. Color Includes Brand No. metals with no clamping
Ratchet Rod required. High heat resistance.
Composite Plastic Yellow/ Ladder Hook, Precision 13J321 Item
Dripless 2PB79 .6111”
Body, Dripless Feature Black Cutter, Puncture Tool Size No.
Steel Blue — Westward 13J321 1 gal. 5E095 SPINE
safe area

48 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) HAND TOOLS

Essential Tools to Help Keep Your Operations

Running Smoothly
Rolling Tool Cabinet
Top chests have hinged lids
that allow full access to a top
Socket Wrench Set compartment for easy tool access.
Chrome plating provides corrosion Designed with full-extension ball
resistance. bearling slides, heavy-duty keyed
The 86-piece Westward® Black lock, and preassembled built-in
Chrome Socket Set is designed casters to easily transport neces-
for industrial and production sary tools just about anywhere in
applications including auto- your facility. 32H889
motive manufacturing and Item
assembly, steel fabrication, W D H Drawer Capacity Color No.
petrochemical, transportation, 7-Drawer
and general manufacturing. Set components 26 11⁄16 in 18 in 39 7⁄16 in 100 lb Black 32H889
are laser-etched with large, high-visibility markings for 26 11⁄16 in 18 in 39 7⁄16 in 100 lb Blue 32H890
enhanced tool identification. 11-Drawer
42 in 18 15⁄16 in 39 13⁄16 in 100 lb Shallow, 200 lb Deep Red 32H855
Measurement Item
Type Socket Size Range Drive Size No. 42 in 18 15⁄16 in 39 13⁄16 in 100 lb Shallow, 200 lb Deep Blue 32H857
Metric, SAE 4 mm to 25 mm, 5⁄32 in to 1 in 1⁄4 in, 3⁄8 in, 1⁄2 in 53PN73 42 in 18 15⁄16 in 39 13⁄16 in 100 lb Shallow, 200 lb Deep Black 32H856

Combination Wrench Sets

Ratcheting spline box end is countersunk for easy application to the fastener.
The Proto® ratcheting wrench set includes fractional spline wrenches for use on
fractional 4-, 6-, and 12-point, spline and Torx® fasteners. Nonreversing ratcheting
wrenches can be flipped over to turn the fastener in the opposite direction.
No. of Item
Description Pieces Wrench Head Sizes Finish Brand No. 1WNB7
1⁄4 in, 5⁄16 in, 3⁄8 in, 7⁄16 in, 1⁄2 in,
SAE 9 9⁄16 in, 5⁄8 in, 11⁄16 in, 3⁄4 in Black Chrome Proto 1WNB7
1⁄4 in, 9⁄32 in, 5⁄16 in, 11⁄32 in, 3⁄8 in, 7⁄16 in, 1⁄2 in, 9⁄16
SAE 15 in, 5⁄8 in, 11⁄16 in, 3⁄4 in, 13⁄16 in, 7⁄8 in, 15⁄16 in, 1 in Chrome Westward 54DG22 54DG22

35HU77

Wide Mouth Tool Bags and Open Tool Totes

Polyester Open Totes with Handles and Shoulder Strap—The Tradesman Pro™
tool bag features 40 pockets for maximum tool storage, and an orange interior for
easy tool visibility. Its large zipper pocket is ideal for small parts. It also features a
durable, molded bottom for protection from demanding jobsite conditions.
Polyester Wide-Mouth Bags with Shoulder Strap—This tool bag features 32PJ36
double-wall polyester construction for durability.
No. of Inside No. of Outside Overall Overall Overall Item
Description Pockets Pockets Width Depth Height Brand No.
Open Totes w/Handles & Shoulder Strap
Tradesman Pro™ Electrician's Tote 20 22 10 1⁄4 in 10 in 12 1⁄4 in Klein Tools 35HU77
Wide-Mouth Bags w/Shoulder Strap
Tool Bag 10 11 14 in 7 1⁄2 in 9 1⁄4 in Westward 32PJ36

Hollow Shank
Nut Driver Set
7-Piece Nut Driver Set features
Screwdrivers a wide selection of the most
Screwdrivers designed with quality and ease of use in frequently used nut drivers
mind, to allow for optimum comfort and torque. with 3'' (76 mm) shafts. Each
Tip Shank Overall Item nut driver features Tip-Ident to
Description Size Length Length Brand No. quickly identify the nut driver
General Purpose and size. Cushion-Grip handles
Round Shank 3⁄8 in 10 in 15 1⁄4 in Klein Tools 2DFX2 provide for greater torque and
Round Shank #2 4 in 8 1⁄4 in Klein Tools 4A848 comfort, no slippage.
Square Shank 1⁄4 in 4 in 8 1⁄4 in Klein Tools 4A845
Keystone Slotted, Fluted Handle Nut Driver Nut Driver
Round Shank 1⁄8 in 2 in 5 1⁄4 in STANLEY 53JR95 No. of Nut Driver Shank Overall Magnetic/ Item
Pieces Hex Size Length Length Nonmagnetic No.
Round Shank 1⁄4 in 4 in 8 1⁄4 in STANLEY 53JR99 3⁄16 in, in,
1⁄4 5⁄16
.6111” Phillips, Fluted Handle 6 3⁄4 in to Nonmagnetic 4A843
SPINE 2DFX2 53JR95 7 in, 11⁄32 in, 3⁄8 in, 3 in 7 5⁄16 in
Round Shank #2 4 in 8 in STANLEY 53JT19 7⁄16 in, 1⁄2 in
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 49

HAND TOOLS

Safety Knives and Cutters

The quickest way to cut through drywall, cardboard, fiberglass insulation, linoleum flooring and roofing
tiles. These versatile knives come in many styles, including right-handed or ambidextrous, and fixed
4MUX8 blade, retracting, or self-retracting.
Overall Blade Handle Handle Item
Blade Type Blade Change Length Material Color Color Brand No.
Box Cutter - Manual Retracting
Single Edge Razor Slide 4 1⁄2 in Steel Assorted Assorted Pacific Handy Cutter, Inc 4MUW5
Single Edge Razor Slide 4 1⁄2 in Steel Silver Silver Pacific Handy Cutter, Inc 4MUW6
Safety Knife - Manual Retracting
Rounded Safety Blade Push Button 6 in Steel Green Green Pacific Handy Cutter, Inc 4MUX8
3ZGL3 Rounded Safety Blade Screw 6 in Steel Orange Orange STANLEY 3Q021
Safety Cutter
Safety Recessed Non-Changeable 4 5⁄8 in Steel Red Red Klever 3ZGL3
Safety Recessed Non-Changeable 4 5⁄8 in Steel Blue Blue Klever 3ZGL1
Safety Recessed Non-Changeable 4 5⁄8 in Steel Yellow Yellow Klever 25GW28
Hook-Style Safety Cutter
Safety Recessed Non-Changeable 7 in Steel Yellow Yellow Klever 22DM99
25GW28 Hook-Style Film Cutter
Straight Non-Changeable 6 1⁄2 in Steel Yellow Yellow Pacific Handy Cutter, Inc 4MUW4

Utility Knives
Cut paper, cardboard, leather, drywall, plastic sheeting, and other materials.
Overall Blade No. of Item
20H276 Description Length Handle Color Material Blades Incl. Brand No.
22XP79 Utility Knife - Automatic Retracting 6 in Black Ceramic 1 Slice 423K10
Box Cutter - Automatic Retracting 7 in Gray, Green Ceramic 1 Slice 20H276
Safety Knife - Automatic Retracting 6 in Black, Blue Steel 4 Westward 22XP79
Manual Retracting Blade 6 in Gray Steel 3 STANLEY 4A803
4A803 Manual Retracting Blade 6 1⁄2 in Gray Steel 3 STANLEY 5C944

Rip Claw Hammers 41D493

A straighter claw than curved models makes these
4YR57 hammers better for ripping or prying.
Head Weight Overall Item
(oz.) Face Length (in.) Brand No.
Fiberglass Handle, Axe-Style
16.0 Smooth 13 in Westward 6DWH6 2HUK4
Fiberglass Handle
6DWH6 16.0 Smooth 13 in Westward 4YR57
16.0 Smooth 12 in STANLEY 49XH55

C-Clamp
Colombian®—Use the heavy-duty
3R548 Carriage C-clamp in a variety of light
industrial, woodworking and repair appli-
cations. The tough cast-iron body and
steel spindle stand up to the rigors of
everyday use and abuse, and both feature
6R311 a black oxide coating for outstanding
Pry Bars corrosion resistance. With sliding cross-
Flat utility bar features a beveled slot on both pin handle and steel swivel pad.
ends to to pull out nails. File Set Westward®—Regular-duty C-clamp
The pry bar is made of forged high carbon Rear-taper files all feature ergonomic, is made from forged steel with a Gray
steel and features indexing heads that soft rubber grips that make it easy and powder-coated finish for corrosion
lock at incrementally fixed angles. comfortable to remove metal, sharpen resistance. The extra-deep throat and
edges, and shape surfaces in a variety hardened steel black oxide spindle
Overall Overall Item
Description Length Width Brand No. of applications. The convenient rollup handles large and awkward-shaped
Aligning Pry Bars storage pouch makes it easy to take the pieces. Steel swivel pad.
Aligning 18 in 5⁄8 in Proto 3R548
tools from jobsite to jobsite. Max. Throat Clamping Item
Pry Bar Opening Depth Pressure Brand No.
Flat Utility Bars No. of Item Cast Iron
Pieces L Includes No.
Wonder Bar Heavy Duty
Contoured 12 3⁄4 in 1 3⁄4 in STANLEY 6R311 12 in Mill Bastard, 10 in
Mill Bastard, Flat Bastard, 8 in 4 in 1,700 lb Columbian 41D493
Pry Bar 8 in, Half-Round Bastard, Round Forged Steel
Pry Bar Sets 10 in,
9 Bastard,8 in Flat Bastard, 1NFK8 Regular Duty, Extra Deep Throat, Black Oxide Spindle
and
Plastic Half-Round, 6 in Slim Taper,
24 in, 25⁄32 in, 12 in 10 in 6 in 8,000 lb Westward 2HUK4 .6111”
Handle Pry 12, 11⁄16, 25⁄32 Westward 2AJL2 6 in Extra Slim Taper, Soft
18 Grip Handles, Rollup Pouch 6 in 4 1⁄8 in 6,600 lb Westward 2HUK2 SPINE
Bar Set
safe area

50 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) HAND TOOLS

1A422

High Tension Hacksaw

Locking Plier 1A421
Use the LENOX® high-tension hacksaw for cutting metal. Easily
These locking pliers are equipped with an adjusting screw and adjustable tension speeds cutting and prolongs blade life.
release trigger to help provide secure holding and easy use on a Multipurpose—mount blade at 45° for flush cutting applications.
wide range of objects. Ergonomic front handle grip helps reduce fatigue in continuous
Item
cutting applications.
L Jaw Cap. Wire Cutter No. Blade Throat Item
Locking Pliers Description Length Depth No.
6" 2 1⁄4 in Yes 1A422 High-Tension, Flush-Cutting, 70,000 psi 12 in 4 in 2RXC6
Curved Jaw Locking Pliers
10" 1 7⁄8 in Yes 1A421

Tape Measure 3TB92

All blades have a Mylar
polyester or polymer coating
for greater abrasion- and
corrosion-resistance.
Staple Gun
Case Item
Attach thin materials to a Blade Width Material No.
harder or thicker substrate 35 ft FatMax Measuring Tapes
®

or framework. 1 1⁄4 in ABS Plastic with Rubber Grip 3TB92

Crown Mfr. Item 25 ft Measuring Tapes
Staple Type Width Leg Length Model No. 1 in Chromed ABS Plastic 6A498
Heavy-Duty Staple Gun, Aircraft Aluminum 12 ft Measuring Tapes
Heavy Duty Narrow Crown 27⁄64 in 1⁄4 in to 9⁄16 in TR150 1FBC6 3⁄4 in Metal 6A496

450W76 45JL17

Laser Distance Meter

Meters provide fast, easy, accurate measurements with a full range
of features including real-time distance, area, volume, indirect
lengths, and angles.
Maximum
Measuring Battery Mfr. Item
Distance Accuracy Type Distance Meter Functions Includes Brand Model No.
Distance, Indirect Measuring, (5) Target Cards,
164 ft ±1/16 in (2) AA Alkaline Bosch GLM165-40 450W76
Square Footage, Volume Hand Strap, Pouch
Addition and Subtraction, Area, Distance,
165 ft ±1/16 in (2) AAA Nylon Pouch Bosch Blaze GLM 50 C 45JL17
Inclinometer, Indirect Measure, Volume

6A509

1YRR9 No. of No. of

Total No. Plumb Level Item
Levels Description Range (ft.) Accuracy of Vials Vials Vials No.
Laser Torpedo Level—Feature aluminum frames Laser Torpedo Levels
with acrylic vials and rare earth magnets. Magnetic 0 to 90 ±1/8 @ 50 ft in 3 1 1 1YRR9
.6111” Aluminum Levels
SPINE
Aluminum Level—Designed with a full-length,
I-Beam, Magnetic — — 3 2 1 6A509
safe area strong holding magnetic strip.

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 51

POWER TOOLS

56GL10

Reciprocating Saw Kit

Features a patented gear-protecting clutch for durability
and counter-balance mechanism for reduced vibration.
Length of Strokes Battery Battery Mfr. Item
Description Stroke per Minute Capacity Incl. Model No.
M18™ Sawzall®
54XX66
Reciprocating
Saws, Redlink
1 1⁄8" 0 to 3000 3 Ah 2PYZ8 2621-21 32NN10 Cordless Impact Wrenches
Eliminate compressors and generators.
Battery-powered tools don’t have cords or hoses for
portability, increased access, and no tripping hazards.
Four-mode customizable drive control provides greater
control over output speed and power.
Angle Grinder Kit Impacts
M18 FUEL™ grinders deliver Handle Drive Free per Breakaway Max. Item
Type Size Speed Minute Torque Torque No.
maximum sustained power for tough
M18 FUEL™
surface preparation, grinding, and cutting applications. 1,200
D-Handle 1,440 2,000 ft-lb 56GL10
Battery Mfr. Item 1 in RPM
Size No Load RPM Capacity Battery Incl. Model No. Square 1,800
4 1⁄2" 9,000 RPM (2) 3.0 Ah (2) 2PYZ8 2680-22 4LER1 Pistol Grip 2,400 1,500 ft-lb 1,800 ft-lb 54XX66
RPM

Cordless Combination Kits

XR Brushless Kit—Includes hammer drill,
impact driver, circular saw, reciprocating
XR Compact Kit— No. 39RV89 features
saw, brushless cut off tool, cordless flash-
LED lights for enhanced visibility in dark
light, battery charger and contractor bag.
or confined areas. Includes 20V MAX XR
Compact Kit— The Drill/Driver features (extreme runtime) compact brushless 1⁄2"
2-speed transmission and the Impact drill/driver, 20V MAX XR 1⁄4" impact driver,
Driver has 3 LED lights with 20-sec. two 20V max. XR lithium-ion battery
Includes two 20V MAX lithium-ion battery packs and charger, 2 belt hooks, and a
packs and charger, bit holder, 2 belt hooks, contractor bag. No. 39RW06 includes 2
54JK24 and a contractor bag. belt hooks and carrying case.
Hammer Impact Circular Reciprocating Battery Item
Cordless Tools Included Drill Drill Driver Saw Saw Light Incl. Charger Carrying Case No.
XR Brushless (2) 5.0 Ah Combo Kits
Angle Grinder, Circular Saw, Mfr. No. Mfr. No. Mfr. No. Mfr. No.
Flashlight, Hammer Drill, Impact — 39RV80 DCS570 Yes 11A157 Contractor Bag 54JK24
DCD996B DCS367 DCL040
Driver, Reciprocating Saw
Compact 1.3AH/1.5AH Combo Kits
Drill, Impact Driver — 24T853 24T861 — — — Yes Mfr. No. DCB112 Contractor Bag 11A169
Compact XR Brushless (2) 2.0 Ah Combo Kits
Hammer Drill, Impact Driver 21RV42 — 21RV45 — — — Yes 11A157 Contractor Bag 39RW06
Drill, Impact Driver — 39RW21 39RV80 — — — Yes 11A157 Contractor Bag 39RV89

Chuck Max. Mfr. Item

Size No Load RPM Power Battery Incl. Model No.
Premium XR Brushless Drill/Drivers
Cordless 1⁄2 in 0 to 450/0 to 1300/0 to 2000 820 UWO (2) Mfr. No.
DCB205 DCD991P2 39RV96
Drill Kits Premium Drill/Drivers
Deliver maximum power 1⁄2 in 0 to 575/0 to 1350/0 to 2000 535 UWO (2) 21RV47 DCD980M2 11A177
and fast application Compact XR Brushless Drill/Drivers
speeds. Desinged with 1⁄2 in 0 to 550/0 to 2000 460 UWO (2) Mfr. No.
ToolConnect™ app to DCB203 DCD791D2 39RW10
Compact Drill/Drivers
39RV96 connect, track, and
1⁄2 in 0 to 600/0 to 2000 350 UWO (2) 11A168 DCD780C2 11A170
customize tools.

Jobsite
Charger Handheld
Radio Kit Vacuum
Features a 20V/60V battery charger when plugged into AC Includes 5 ft. heavy-duty crush resistant hose
power, bluetooth connectivity up to 100 ft., (2) additional AC (1 1⁄4" diameter), crevice tool attachment, wide
power outlets, NFC wireless connectivity. nozzle tool attachment, washable HEPA filter.
Battery Item Battery Mfr. Item
Capacity Battery Incl. Voltage No. Tank Size Voltage Capacity Battery Incl. Model No. .6111”
4.0 Ah 21RV47 20.0 V, 60.0 V 58JM06 2.0 gal. 20 V 2 Ah 21RV46 DCV581H/DCB203 58JM09 SPINE
safe area

52 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) POWER TOOLS

Cordless Tube Cutter Kit

Cuts 3⁄8" to 1" I.D. copper tubing, wet or dry. Automatically sizes and locks
as the head spins around the pipe. LED light illuminates the sight window.
12V lithium ion battery, with gauge displaying the remaining run time.
Cutting Battery Mfr. Item
Description Capacity OD Capacity Battery Incl. Model No.
M12™ Tube Cutters 1⁄2 in to 1 1⁄8 in 1.5 Ah 2XKZ6 2471-21 2PYX8

Drain Cleaning
Machine
Drum tilt-adjusts for proper cable feed angle. Inner drum guards against cable
flipover within drum. Features cable drum quick release and built-in hand
32V128 holds. Tools snap connect to cable. Recommended for 1 1⁄2" to 3" lines.
Drain Line I.D. Max. Operating Mfr. Item
Size Range Run HP Speed Includes Model No.
(1VUZ9) Coupling Pin Key, (1VXC6) 1 1⁄8
3⁄4 in Bulb Auger, (1VXD1) 1 3⁄8 in C-cutter,
in to 4 in 100 ft 1/12 240 RPM (1VXD5) 1 3⁄8 in Grease Cutter, (6A649) 3⁄8 in 53117 4CX03
x 75 ft Inner Core Cable, Pair of Gloves

Manual Ratchet
Pipe Threader
Create tight, accurate NPT thread
Drum and Tank Mixers on-site, whenever you need to. Set
includes an exposed-ratchet tool and
Direct-Drive Tank Mixers—Clamp to alloy dies, packed in a hard case.
tank rim. Adjustable motor speed, utilizes
standard shafting to extend propeller to Pipe Equipment For Nominal Mfr. Item
Series Bolt Size Pipe Size Rod Size Model No.
48". 12-R 1⁄8 in to 1 in 1⁄2 in to 2 in 1⁄8 in to 1 in 36475 4A508
Economy Open Drum Mixers—Mount
directly to tanks or on rails with 1-7⁄8"
opening adjustable clamp. Adjustable
bracket. 4" Dia., 3-blade fixed-propeller.
Paint Supply Mixers—This type of mixer
is designed for the cover of a 55 gallon
bucket, paint provided software package.
It can be used for containers with lids, Rotary Tool Kit
and features a removable shaft. The Dremel 4000 variable speed
rotary tool offers increased
Shaft
Shaft Length Max. Item strength of its motor plus elec-
HP Motor Dia. (in.) (in.) RPM No. tronic feedback circuitry, which
Direct Drive Tank Mixers enables consistent performance
2 Pnuematic 3⁄4 in 36 in 2,000 32V128 at all speed levels. A slim,
RPM
ergonomic body provides a
Economy Open Drum Mixers
360-degree grip zone for comfort
2,000 32V122
1⁄4 to 1⁄2 Pnuematic 5⁄8 in 35 in RPM and control in any grip position.
Paint Supply Mixers Amps Mfr. Item
.6111” @ 120V No Load RPM Model No.
1⁄2 2,000 32V132
SPINE Pnuematic 1⁄2 in 32 in RPM 1.6 5000 to 35,000 4000-6/50 5EEU8
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 53

SECURITY

Keyed Padlocks
• Keyed alike Include countersunk rivets to reduce potential for
All padlocks have dual lever-locking shackle prying and dual bumpers to prevent damage to
mechanism, antidrill hardened bottom plate, and property. Proprietary rustproofing extends lock life.
include 2 keys. Combo Packs—Laminated padlocks with random
3HUJ5 Master Lock® Commercial—Hardened steel key number assignments. No. 3HUJ5 has two
shackle provides greater resistance to cutting. padlocks.
Shackle Shackle Shackle Body Body Body No. of Opens with Mfr. Item
Height Dia. Width Shackle Material Height Width Thickness Pins Key No. Model No.
Master Lock® Commercial
2 in 9⁄32 in 5⁄8 in Steel 1 1⁄4 in 1 9⁄16 in 3⁄4 in 4 Pin 344 3KALH 3T979
2 1⁄2 in 5⁄16 in 3⁄4 in Steel 1 5⁄16 in 1 3⁄4 in 7⁄8 in 4 Pin 2440 1KALJ 3T976
Master Lock® Commercial Combo Packs-Key Alike
1 in 3⁄8 in 15⁄16 in Steel 1 1⁄2 in 2 in 1 in 4 Pin — 5TCOM 3HUJ5
Master Lock® General Security
1 1⁄2 in 3⁄16 in 1⁄2 in Steel 1 1⁄16 in 1 1⁄8 in 1⁄2 in 4 Pin P241 7KALF 3HWC5
3T976 1XRU4 2 1⁄2 in 3⁄16 in 1⁄2 in Steel 1 1⁄16 in 1 1⁄8 in 1⁄2 in 4 Pin P316 7KALJ-P316 3JYX7
Approved Vendor
2 in 1⁄4 in 3⁄4 in Steel 1 11⁄32 in 1 9⁄16 in 7⁄8 in 4 Pin GM1365 1803KALHWWG 1XRU4

Combination Padlocks
Ideal for storage lockers, combination locks have combination that is easy to remember and dial;
a reinforced weather-resistant stainless steel outer ideal for people with disabilities.
case and 3-number combination.
Resettable Combination Padlocks—Set-your-
Antishim Technology—Master Lock items feature own combination convenience provides thousands
a unique flat latch technology that blocks shim of combinations. Brass models include standard,
6X694 1U172 tools from opening the lock. No. 3HWJ5 uses a extra-length, and shrouded-shackle options.
Shackle Shackle Shackle Body Body Mfr. Item
Description Color Dia. Height Width Shackle Material Width Thickness Model No.
Antishim Technology
Combination Padlock Silver 9⁄32 in 3⁄4 in 13⁄16 in Hardened Steel 1 7⁄8 in 3⁄4 in 1500DWWG 6X694
Combination Padlock Black/Silver 9⁄32 in 3⁄4 in 13⁄16 in Hardened Steel 1 7⁄8 in 3⁄4 in 1525 1D573
Combination Padlock with Easy Combination Black/Silver 9⁄32 in 3⁄4 in 13⁄16 in Hardened Steel 1 7⁄8 in 3⁄4 in 1525EZRC 3HWJ5
Resettable Combination Padlocks
Brass Body Brass 5⁄16 in 1 in 1 in Hardened Steel 2 in 15⁄16 in 175 1U172

High-Security Weather-Resistant Padlocks

• Keyed alike Pro Series® Iron Shrouded— Pro Series™ Weather Tough™
Covered padlocks Shrouded padlocks offer Laminated Steel—Padlocks have
withstand harsh superior resistance to cutting chrome rustproofing for strength and
weather and corrosive by minimizing shackle longer life. Rekeyable cylinders provide
6T415 6T404 environments. 2 brass exposure. tens of thousands of key changes.
keys included.
Shackle Shackle Shackle Body Body No. of Opens with Key Mfr. Item
Height Dia. Width Shackle Material Width Thickness Pins Key No. Type Model No.
High-Security Pro Series® Iron Shrouded
3⁄4 in 7⁄16 in 7⁄8 in Boron 2 5⁄8 in 1 5⁄16 in 5 Pin 10G018 Alike 6327KA 6T415
High-Security WeatherTough™ Laminated Steel
1 1⁄8 in 5⁄16 in 7⁄8 in Boron 2 1⁄8 in 1 in 5 Pin 10G012 Alike 6121KA 6T404
2 3⁄8 in 5⁄16 in 7⁄8 in Boron 2 1⁄8 in 1 in 5 Pin 10G013 Alike 6121KALJ-10G013 6T405

Key Control Cabinets

Help keep track of loaned keys. Cabinets come with
consecutively numbered, slotted-style, reusable key
tags. No. 5KDJ9 is hook-style. Record loaner information
(key number, date, and recipient) on the "out key" tags
and hang them in the loaned keys area. Wall mount.
Key Cap. Item
(Units) H D W Brand No.
2-Key Cabinet with Cam Lock
Approved
120 17 in 3 1⁄4 in 14 in 2NET5
2NET5 Vendor
5KDJ9 1-Key Cabinet with Pushbutton Combination Lock .6111”
120 19 1⁄4 in 4 in 13 3⁄8 in Kidde 5KDJ9 SPINE
safe area

54 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) SECURITY
Motorola 2-Way Business Radios
23Y701
All radios include battery, belt clip, single-unit drop-in
charging tray, and transformer.
Business, RDX Series—Durable analog radios provide clear
audio quality and expanded frequency capability. Operate on
89 UHF and 27 VHF business frequencies; up to 213 codes to
ensure clear signal. Allow for programmable frequencies to be
added later; high-power models can be programmed to func-
tion with repeaters. Programming Cable No. 29WJ59 required
to program radio on licensed frequencies and to access
programmable features, sold separately.
Business, RM Series—Radios allow you to designate 16 29WJ53
prerecorded channels, and provide up to 20 floors communi-
cation coverage.
Light-Duty, CLS Series—Lightweight, compact radios
operate on 56 UHF business frequencies; up to 121 codes to CLS Series
help ensure a clear signal. 22NL45
Inside Programmable/
Band Output Range No. of Selectable Battery Battery Display IP Repeater Mfr. Item
Type Watts (sq. ft.) Channels Frequency Frequencies Analog Codes Digital Codes Type Life Type Rating Capable Model No.
Commercial, RDX Series

4 W 350,000 438 to 39+ 84+

UHF 16 Yes Programmable Programmable Li-Ion 18 hr LCD IP55 Yes RDU4160D 23Y701
sq ft 470 MHz
4 W 350,000 438 to 39+ 84+ No
UHF 10 Yes Programmable Programmable Li-Ion 18 hr IP55 Yes RDU4100 23Y699
sq ft 470 MHz Display
Commercial, RM Series

2 W 250,000 450 to 39+ 6 84+ 12 to No

UHF 4 Yes Programmable Programmable Li-Ion Display IP54/55 No RMU2040 29WJ53
sq ft 470 MHz 15 hr
2 W 250,000 450 to 39+ 6 84+ 12 to
UHF 8 99 Programmable Programmable Li-Ion LCD IP54/55 No RMU2080D 29WJ55
sq ft 470 MHz 15 hr
Light-Duty, CLS Series

1 W 200,000 450 to
UHF 4 56 38 83 Li-Ion 12.6 hr LCD — No CLS1410 22NL45
sq ft 470 MHz
1 W 200,000 450 to
UHF 1 56 38 83 Li-Ion 12.6 hr LCD — No CLS1110 22NL44
sq ft 470 MHz

Outdoor Day/Night Intensifier™ Camera

Analog camera amplifies extremely low light to The camera's technology creates color
produce usable images. images in bright daylight or in near-complete
darkness. Power supply not included.
Focal Length L H Item
(mm) Line Res. Voltage (in.) (in.) Includes No.
2.8 to 12 mm 1000 12V DC/24V AC 8 9⁄32 in 3 61⁄64 in Heater 49NU68

InVid Tech Hybrid Video Recorder

Runs analog and IP systems at the same time, on Hybrid recorders allow users to upgrade
the same system. surveillance systems at their own pace.
No. of Analog Included Max.
Camera Hard Drive Frames per Power Item
Inputs Size Second Video Export Function Req. H W D No.
External HDD, Internal 12V DC
16 2 TB 480 fps 45 mm 268 mm 268 mm 61KR76
HDD, Network, USB @4A

Entry and Exit Alarms

and Announcers
Exit Stopper®, Double Door—In Exit Alarm
REGISTER NOW! mode, alarm can be set to sound for 30 sec.,
3 min., or indefinitely. In Annunciator mode,
Enjoy These detector announces door entry. Select 15-sec.
entry delay or immediate alarm. Warning horn 3JYV9
Features & More!
can be set to 95 or 105dB.
Access your pricing Wireless Entry Alert Chime with Receiver—
View order history Magnetic contacts activate chime/alarm when
door or window is opened.
Save favorites to your personal lists
Item
Check real-time product availability Description Color No.
.6111” ExitStopper®, Double Door Red 3JYV9
SPINE > Sign in or register at [Link]® today! 38XL85
Wireless Entry Alert Chime w/Receiver — 38XL85
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 55

LIGHTING

Exit Signs
• 120/277VAC Compact combination exit/emergency light is
• 6"H letters with 3⁄4" stroke designed for fast installation and reliable service.
Emergency
Lamp No. of Housing Letter Housing Back Up Battery Item
Description Type Faces Color Color Material Battery Chemistry D W H No.
1.78 Watts LED 1 or 2 White Red Plastic Yes Nickel Cadmium 2 in 11 39⁄64
in 7 in 32WU24
13⁄64

3.56 Watts LED 1 or 2 White Red Plastic Yes Nickel Cadmium 2 in 18 in 7 13⁄64 in 32WU22
32WU24 4.12 Watts LED 1 or 2 White Red Plastic Yes Nickel Cadmium 2 in 18 in 7 13⁄64 in 32WU20

Emergency Lights
INDURA® Series—Vertical design minimizes pole- mounting tabs for easy installation, while two 7⁄8"
or column-mount overhang; also suitable for wall knockouts on each side permit flexible conduit
or ceiling mounting. Plastic housing is corrosion entry only.
proof and impact and scratch resistant. Includes QUANTUM® Series—Corrosionproof, UV-stable
mounting hardware. housing resists impact and scratches. Removable
Wet Location Series—Compact, low-profile knockouts and universal J-box pattern on back
housing is made from engineering-grade UV-stable panel, plus flexible conduit entry points on top,
thermoplastic that is impact-resistant, scratch- simplify installation. Multichromatic LED indica-
resistant and corrosionproof. A full-perimeter tor displays 2-state charging, test activation, and
gasket seal between front and rear housing helps 3-state diagnostic status.
46C221
seal out moisture. Wall-mount with external
No. of
Watts @ Lamp Lamp Lighting Output Optional Optional Item
90 Min. Watts Heads Technology Voltage Remote Head Guard W L H No.
Indura Series
8.3 W 6.6 W 2 LED 12.8V DC — — 6 5⁄16 in 9 3⁄4 in 13 3⁄64 in 54ZU72
Wet Location Series
7.5 W 2.7 W 2 LED 9.6 V DC 6NCZ6, 6NCZ2, 6NCZ3, 6NCZ4, 6NCZ5, 6NCZ7, 6NCZ8, 6NCZ9 4PG68 10 in 13 in 13 1⁄2 in 46C221
Quantum Contractor Select Series
3.6 W 1.8 W 2 LED 3.6 V DC — 4YFV2 2 1⁄4 in 10 in 4 1⁄4 in 13M588

HID Ballast Housing

and Fixtures
Ambient Suggested
Fixtures are sold as ballast Lamp Lamp Temp. Lamp Lamp Item
Type Watts Voltage Range Incl. Item No. H W Series No.
housings or complete units. HID Fixture
Ballast housings are die-cast Metal 120/208/ -22° to
aluminum with baked, white 400 Yes 6XV25 19 1⁄2" 14 1⁄8" THD 3JWJ4
Halide 240/277V 131°F
3JWH9
polyester, powder-coated HID Ballast Housing
finish, and require a reflector MH 400 W 120 to 277 -22° to No 6XV25 26 in 22 3⁄8 in TH 3JWH9
with the same match code. 104°F

LED High Bay

Designed for manufacturing, warehousing, and other large indoor spaces. Wide light distri-
bution is offered to meet horizontal and vertical light-level requirements. Suitable for wet
locations. Mounting heights from 15 to 40 ft.
Max.
Fixture Color Light Lens Occupancy Fixture Color Item
Wattage Voltage Index Distribution Dimmable Material Sensor Rated Life H W Temp. No.
131 W 120 to 277V 70.0 Wide Yes Glass No 100,000 hr 16 5⁄8" 22 3⁄8" 5,000 K 30YT50

LED High Bay

Fixture
• 120-277V
48TL32 49JL05 656N87
The high bay LED fixtures light racked aisles
and open floor plan facilities. Max. Fixture Color Occupancy Color Item
The luminaire works in cold storage Wattage Index Sensor Temp. Range L W Lumens Temp. No.
facilities, warehouses, industrial envi- GE Current
ronments, gyms, sports arenas, and 137 W 70.0 No 22° to 131°F 30 1⁄16" 11 5⁄8" 23,400 lm 5,000 K 48TL32
in retail and other high-ceiling spaces. 68 W 70.0 No 22° to 131°F 15 1⁄16" 11 5⁄8" 11,900 lm 5,000 K 49JL05
Hubbell Lighting - Columbia .6111”
The steel and aluminum housing has a SPINE
painted white finish. 157.9 W 80.0 No — 24 in 17 1⁄2 in 24,000 lm 4,000 K 656N87
safe area

56 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) LIGHTING

Wall Packs
Illuminate building grounds and walkways.
LED wall packs project a bright, widespread light and reach full brightness instantly.
Max. Fixture Color Light Item
Wattage Voltage Temp. Distribution L W H IP Rating No.
4,000 K 483P90
78.0 120 to 277 V AC Type III Medium 16 1⁄4 in 8 in 16 1⁄4 in 55 483P90
5,000 K 483P91

LED Area Lights

Dependable, energy-efficient outdoor lighting.
These die-cast aluminum fixtures feature a polycarbonate lens.
Item
Watts Lumens L W H No.
35.0 3,325 lm 15 1⁄2 in 10 3⁄4 in 9 in 49WJ37

Integrated LED
Floodlights
Replace metal halide floods with efficient LEDs.
Feature die-cast aluminum construction with a tempered glass lens.
Excellent for security, sign, landscape accent, and area lighting.
No. 54ZX49— Dust ingress listed. Has slipfitter mounting type.
Temp. range: -22° to 104°F.
No. 499H90— Wet location listed. Has knuckle mounting type.
Temp. range: -31° to 104°F.
No. 49WJ22—Wet location listed. Has a U-bracket mounting.
Temp. range: -30° to 130°F. 54ZX49 499H90 49WJ22
Max. Fixture Fixture Color Fixture Housing Fixture Item
Wattage Voltage Lumens CRI Temp. Color Rated Life L W H Brand No.
94.0 120 to 277 13,200 lm 70 4,000 K Bronze 100,000 hr 14 7⁄8 in 3 1⁄4 in 14 1⁄2 in Lithonia Lighting 54ZX49
40.0 120/277 4,551 lm 70 4,000 K Bronze 100,000 hr 2 1⁄2 in 9 51⁄64 in 9 3⁄8 in Hubbell Lighting 499H90
14.0 120 to 277 1,260 lm 66 5,000 K Bronze 50,000 hr 3 1⁄2 in 4 5⁄8 in 3 1⁄2 in LumaPro 49WJ22

Vacancy and Motion Sensors

• Field of vision: 180°
• Rated for use with incandescent, fluorescent and LED lighting
Replace a mechanical switch with these sensors to help reduce energy consumption.
They automatically turn lights off when occupants leave a room, making sure electricity
isn't wasted in an unoccupied space. With adaptive technology, these sensors utilize
microprocessor-based technology to set adjustments according to seasonal changes,
modified airflow, and furniture layout or occupancy pattern changes. 23NY56 23NY61
Max. Capacity Max. Capacity Time Description/ Mfr. Item
Coverage Voltage @ 120VAC @ 277VAC Delay Special Features Color Model No.
Passive Infrared Vacancy Sensor
500W (Fluorescent, Manual-On Operation,
1200 sq. ft. 120VAC — Manual White WS1001 23NY56
Incandescent, LED) Tamper Resistant Lens
Passive Infrared Motion Sensor
500W (Fluorescent, 1800W (Fluorescent, 3-Way Capable, Selectable Manual/Auto-
1200 sq. ft. 120/277VAC Manual White WS2000 23NY61
Incandescent, LED) Incandescent, LED) On Operation, Tamper Resistant Lens

Fluorescent Ballasts
Provide energy savings of up to 25% vs. magnetic models. Instant-start ballasts are
suitable for applications that do not have frequent switching cycles.
Ballast Max. 4FZN3
Ballast No. of Ballast Light Ballast Min. Start Amps Input No. of Item
Voltage Lamps Start Type Output Factor Temp. AC Watts Lamps No.
Centium™ Parallel Wiring
120-277 2 Rapid Normal 0.85 50°F 0.62 to 0.26 72W 1 or 2 4FZN3
120-277 2 Instant Normal 0.89 0°F 0.49 to 0.22 56W 1 or 2 2MCX5
.6111” 120-277 3 Instant Normal 0.88 0°F 0.71 to 0.31 85 to 86W 3 1VN21
SPINE 120-277 4 Instant Normal 0.89 0°F 0.94 to 0.41 111W 4 1VN22 2MCX5
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 57

LIGHTING

Quartz Metal Halide HID Bulb

High-Intensity Discharge (HID) lamp. Engineered to fit a compact
design, with a higher output and life rating than comparable
incandescent bulbs. Provides a point light source for good optical
control. The metal halide component helps to deliver sparkling
white light. Use in stores, displays, and accent lighting.
Bulb Base Operating ANSI Bulb Color Color Bulb Item
Shape Type Position Code Finish Lumens Temp. Index Designation No.
ED37 Mogul Screw (E39) U M59 Clear 36,000 lm 4000K 65 MVR400/U 2V658

Linear Fluorescent Bulb

Linear Fluorescent Bulb GE Lighting® T8 linear fluorescent lamps are well
These rapid start, high output lamps are an energy-saving suited for warehouse and industrial applications.
alternative to HID fixtures. Miniature Bi-Pin (G5) base. Ideal for Feature higher system efficiency for reduced energy
higher ceilings found in many industrial and warehouse facilities consumption compared to T12 systems.
where maximum light output is required. Max.
Overall Average Color Case Mfr. Item
Max. Overall Average Color Mfr. Item Length Watts Life Temp. Lumens Qty. Model No.
Length Watts Life Lumens Temp. Model No. 3,000
48" 32 W 36,000 hr. 4100K 36 F32T8/SPX41/ECO2 4PL16
45 13⁄64" 54 W 36,000 hr. 5,000 lm 4100K F54W/T5/841/HO/ECO 5AE35 lm

T8 Linear LED Bulb

Convert fluorescent lighting fixtures to LED technology. A19 LED Bulb
Install these plug-and-play (UL Type A) bulbs in fluorescent Ideal for track lights and recessed can lights.
lighting fixtures that are powered by ballasts. They avoid the These standard light bulbs screw into an E26 socket in fixtures.
expense of retrofitting lighting fixtures with LED drivers or wiring They have an E26 medium screw base, which is the most
the bulbs into the building's power supply. commonly used base for standard light bulbs.
Max. Bulb Light Max.
Overall Wattage Bulb Power Color Item Power Bulb Overall Color Item
Length Watts Equivalency Source Lumens Temp. No. Watts Base Type Source Dia. Length Temp. Lumens No.
Plug and 2000 lm 4000K 467W19 Medium Direct 4 3⁄8" 4000K 407J24
48" 14 W 32 W LFL 10 W 2 3⁄8" 800 lm
Play 2050 lm 5000K 467W20 Screw (E26) Wired 4 7⁄16" 2700K 53CE36

Bulb Recycling Kit

This convenient, cost-effective prepaid recycling kit has every-
thing you need to safely recycle small quantities of fluorescent
lamps and miscellaneous electronic equipment. Simply place
items to be recycled in the provided container, seal, and call
the toll-free number for prompt pickup. Kit includes container,
preprinted address labels, waste pickup, transportation, recycling
costs, and a certificate of recycling.
Weight Item
For Use With Cap. L W D No.
.6111”
68 T12 or 146 T8 4ft straight lamps 66 lb 48 in 12 in 12 in 4CY98 SPINE
or 22 T12 or 32 T8 u-tubes.
safe area

58 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) ELECTRICAL

Switched Enclosures
Circuit-Lock® Disconnect Switches—3-pole Circuit-Lock® Accessory—30W
nonmetallic enclosures have strong, galvanized Nonfused Replacement Switch; 600V max.
steel internal frame and a watertight conduit fitting.
Mechanical Interlock Enclosure—Nonmetallic
They enclose disconnect switches that provide On/
type 4X switched enclosure.
Off switched control of direct-wired motor loads.
NEMA Mfr. Item 4CV74
Description Amps Encl. Type W H D Model No.
Circuit-Lock Disconnect Switches, 3-Pole
— 60 A 12K, 4, 4X 6.9 in 10 in 5.9 in HBLDS6 4CV74
— 30 A 12K, 4, 4X 5.1 in 7.6 in 4.1 in HBLDS3AC 2EAV9
— 30 A 12K, 4, 4X 5.1 in 7.6 in 4.1 in HBLDS3 3D383
Circuit-Lock® Accessories
Replacement Switch; Nonfused; 30 Amp; Max Voltage 600 — — — — — HBLDS3RS 2EAW2
Mechanical Interlock for Safety Shroud Twist-Locks
— 30 A 12K, 4, 4X 4.9 in 11.4 in 4.2 in HBLMITL 4CV76 2EAW2

Safety Switch
Square D—Designed to withstand short circuits up to 200kA rating when used with, or protected by,
Class R fuses with Class R kits installed.
Siemens—Designed with quick-make, quick-break switching action for severe applications. Features
highly visible self-aligning blades to ensure positive contact and highly visible On/Off handle indication.
Padlockable cover latch and handle.
3R 1
Square D Siemens Square D Siemens
Amps No. of No. of Mfr. Item Mfr. Item Mfr. Item Mfr. Item
AC Voltage Poles Wires Model No. Model No. Model No. Model No. 1H355
Three-Phase, Fusible
30 A 600V AC 3 3 H361RB 1H349 — — H361 1H344 HF361 6GND3
60 A 600V AC 3 3 H362RB 1H355 — — H362 1H350 — —
100 A 600V AC 3 3 H363RB 1H361 — — H363 1H356 — —
Three-Phase, Fusible, Neutral Assembly Included
30 A 240V AC 3 4 — — — — H321N 1H336 — —
30 A 600V AC 3 4 — — — — H361N 1H347 — —
Three-Phase, Nonfusible
30 A 600V AC/DC 3 3 HU361RB 1H375 — — — — — —
30 A 600V AC 3 3 — — — — HU361 1H373 HNF361 6GNE7
60 A 600V AC 3 3 HU362RB 1H378 — — — — — —
100 A 600V AC 3 3 HU363RB 1H381 — — — — — —
6GNE7
200 A 600V AC 3 3 — — — — HU364 1H382 — —

Forklift Limiter Fuses

• 2.7kA IR DC
• 3 3⁄16" x 7⁄8"
ANL Series—Non-time delay.
ANN Series—Very fast acting.
QO® (Plug-In) and Fuse Fuse Voltage Mfr. Item
QOB (Bolt-On) Amps Rating Model No. 1DC51
ANL
Circuit Breakers 100A 32V AC/80V DC ANL-100 1DC51
• 120/240VAC 250A 32V AC/80V DC ANL-250 1DC58
1D235
• Visi-Trip. indicator 1H891 500A 32V AC/80V DC ANL-500 1DC67
Qwik-Open® (QO) breakers are for use only with ANN
QO load centers and NQ/NQOD panelboards. QOB 200A 125V AC/80V DC ANN-200 1DC75
breakers are for use only with NQ/NQOD panel- 250A 125V AC/80V DC ANN-250 1DC77
boards. Rated for aluminum and copper conductors. 300A 125V AC/80V DC ANN-300 1DC79
400A 125V AC/80V DC ANN-400 1DC84
1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole
500A 125V AC/80V DC ANN-500 1DC86 1DC75
QO QOB QO QOB QO QOB
Item Item Item Item Item Item
Amps No. No. No. No. No. No.
GFCI (Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter), 6mA Trip, Used Where
Personal Protection is Required, 10kA at 120/240V AC IR 24/7 EMERGENCY SERVICE
20 A 1D235 — — — — —
When you need products in a pinch, count on our After
Standard 10kA at 120/240V AC IR
20 A 1D234 1H824 1D301 1H885 1D322 — Hours Emergency Service to open the Grainger branch
30 A 1D239 — 1D307 1H886 1D324 — nearest you any time of day or night (a $50 fee may apply).
.6111” 50 A — — — 1H888 — — > After hours, dial 1-800-CALL-WWG
SPINE 100 A — — — — — 1H891
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 59

ELECTRICAL

Push Button Control Station

• ABS NEMA 4X enclosures
• 600VAC
• Station contact rating: 3A at 240VAC, 6A at 120VAC, 0.27A at 250VDC, 0.55A at 125VDC
32W265 Surface-mount stations are 600VAC/DC. Gray enclosures. UL Listed, IEC, CSA and CE Certified.
No. of Contact Operator Encl. Item
Action Operators Legend Form Color Material H W D No.
Momentary 1 Start 1NO Black ABS 1.98 in 2.92 in 2.69 in 32W265
Twist-to-Release 1 Twist to Release Arrows 1NC Red ABS 1.98 in 2.92 in 2.69 in 32W275
Push / Pull 1 No Legend 1NC Red ABS 1.98 in 2.92 in 2.69 in 32W277

Black
Red

Green 30G262

Non-Illuminated Push Button

Easy to find, large, red button helps workers shut down equipment Non-Illuminated Selector Switch
quickly in an emergency. • 10A
The button has a oil tight, watertight, dust-tight assembly and
• NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4 and 4X rated
comes with interchangeable operators and ring nuts, contact
blocks, and light modules. Meets major automotive standards. Chrome construction. Black Lever. UL Listed.
CSA and CE Certified.
Type of Contact ▶CHOOSE: ▶CHOOSE: Item
Operator Form Legend Bezel Color No. Type of Key Contact Basic Item
Position Action Operator Removal Form Material No.
Chrome Plated
40mm Maintained /
Zinc Die Cast, Red, Black, H7093 2 Lever No Key 1NO Metal 30G265
Mushroom 1NO/1NC No Legend Corrosion Maintained
Resistant Green
Head Thermoplastic Momentary / Extended
3 Maintained / No Key 2NO Plastic 30G262
Lever
Momentary
Maintained /
3 Maintained / Lever No Key 2NO Plastic 30G272
Maintained

22NY52 6JC92

LED Indicator Lights

Nylon body with polycarbonate lens. UL Listed.
Item
Voltage Color No.
1⁄2 in Mounting dia Flush Indicator Light, 6 in Wire Leads

120V AC/DC Green 22NY52

120V AC/DC Red 22NY49
1⁄2 in Mounting dia Raised Indicator Light, 6 in Wire Leads
120V AC/DC Green 22NY50 Contact Block
120V AC/DC Red 22NY47 • Plastic NEMA rated 1, 4X, 12, 13
18mm Mounting dia Raised Indicator Light, 0.187 in Tab
• Metal NEMA rated 4, 13
120V AC Red 22NY60 Item
22mm Mounting dia Raised Indicator Light, M3.5 Screw Description No.
120V AC Green 22NZ04 Contact Block, 1NC For Use With Schneider Empty Enclosure 6JC92 .6111”
120V AC Red 22NZ06 Contact Block, 1NO For Use With Schneider Empty Enclosure 6JC91 SPINE
safe area

60 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) ELECTRICAL

52HE59
1X970
Wall Switches
Bryant®—Wall switch has an extra-wide yoke
that assures structural integrity, and brass and
nickel plating to resist corrosion.
Hubbell®—Wall switches feature maintained
action and back and side wiring.
5C267
Switch Amps Switch Mfr. Item
Style AC Type Color Brand Model No.
Wall Switch, Industrial, Maintained, Back and Side Wire, 120 to 277V
Toggle 20 A 1-Pole Ivory Bryant 4901BI 52HE59
Toggle 20 A 1-Pole Brown Hubbell Wiring Device-Kellems HBL1221 1X970
Toggle 20 A 1-Pole Ivory Hubbell Wiring Device-Kellems HBL1221I 6A700

GFCI Receptacles
• 125VAC and tools, especially in wet 55KU06
• LED indicator and damp locations. They
Devices protect personnel automatically monitor ground
from shock hazards that can fault circuit interrupting func- Wall Plates 5C266
occur in electrical appliances tionality every 3 hours or less. 39EA20 Stainless steel plates are Type 302/304
NEMA with high nickel and chromium content for
Recep. Tamper Weather Mfr. Item
Amps Config. Resistant Resistant Color Model No. improved corrosion resistance. Plastic plates
15A 5-15R No No White GFRST15W 39EA20 are lightweight and easy to clean.
20A 5-20R No No Black GFRST20BK 39EA21 No. of Item
20A 5-20R No No Ivory GFRST20I 39EA23 Gangs Description No.
20A 5-20R No No White GFRST20W 39EA26 Brushed Stainless Steel
2 Blank Box Mount 5C267
2 Duplex Receptacle 5C229
1 Duplex Receptacle 5C228
1 GFCI (Style Line) 5C235
Straight-Blade Receptacles Hubbell Standard, Plastic
1 Blank 55KU06
Bryant®—Feature a face and base molded of
1 Duplex Receptacle 55KT46
heat- and impact-resistant reinforced thermo- Matte Stainless Steel
plastic polyester, and a convenient strip gauge 1 Blank Box Mount 5C266
guide located on back of the face plate.
Hubbell®—No. 5Z897 is a single high-ampere 49YY95
receptacle. No. 6A669 is a duplex receptacle,
designed for harsh-use environments. 5Z897
NEMA
Recep. No. of No. of Mfr. Item Building Wire
Amps Config. Poles Wires Voltage Color Brand Model No. • PVC insulation
50 5-50R 2 3 125VAC Black Bryant 9550FR 49YY95
• Rated for 600V
50 6-50R 2 3 250VAC Black Bryant 9650FR 49YY97
Hubbell Wiring • 500-ft. Length
50 6-50R 2 3 250VAC Black HBL9367 5Z897
Device-Kellems Durable wire has a tough nylon
5ZG88
20 5-20R 2 3 125VAC Ivory Hubbell Wiring HBL5362I 6A669 jacket to seal out heat, moisture, oil,
Device-Kellems
and gasoline. 8-ga. and larger sizes
have SIMpull® technology for easier
wire pulling.
Wire Max. Nominal Wire Item
Straight-Blade Plugs Size Amps O.D. Color No.
1 AWG 130 0.44 in Black 5ZG88
and Connectors 2 AWG 115 0.38 in Black 5ZG89
Weather- and dust-resistant plugs and 4 AWG 85 0.32 in Black 5ZG91
connectors stand up to tough environments. 5Z867 49YY19 6 AWG 65 0.25 in Black 3ZK49
NEMA 8 AWG 40 0.21 in Black 3ZK50
Plug No. of No. of Mfr. Item 4W010
[Link] Voltage Poles Wires Color Material Brand Model No.
10 AWG 30 0.16 in Orange 5C989
Hubbell Wiring 10 AWG 30 0.16 in Brown 5C988
5-15P 15 125VAC 2 3 Yellow PVC HBL1447 5Z867 10 AWG 30 0.16 in Yellow 4W010
Device-Kellems
Hubbell Wiring 10 AWG 30 0.16 in Black 4W008
5-15P 15 125VAC 2 3 Yellow PVC HBL14W47 1X976
Device-Kellems 10 AWG 30 0.16 in Green 4W012
Black/ Hubbell Wiring 12 AWG 20 0.13 in Red 2W286
5-15P 15 125VAC 2 3 Nylon HBL5266C 4A250
White Device-Kellems
12 AWG 20 0.13 in Green 2W406
5-15R 15 125VAC 2 3 Black Thermoplastic Bryant 5269B 49YY19
12 AWG 20 0.13 in Black 2W285
Black/ Hubbell Wiring
5-15R 15 125VAC 2 3 Nylon HBL5269C 4A251 12 AWG 20 0.13 in White 2W284
White Device-Kellems
.6111” 14 AWG 15 0.11 in Black 6X794
Black/ Hubbell Wiring
SPINE 5-20R 20 125VAC 2 3 Nylon HBL5369C 4A256
White Device-Kellems 14 AWG 15 0.11 in Red 6X795 6X795
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 61

ELECTRICAL

Wire Terminal Kits

No. 5UGK5—This wire terminal kit includes a crimping tool
and case to keep pieces organized.
No. 39CA59—Non-insulated, metric fork terminal is
designed to help provide fast and easy installation without
the need to remove fasteners. Its internal barrel serrations
help to ensure good wire contact and maximum tensile
strength, and its brazed seam helps to keep terminal barrels
5UGK5 39CA59 from splitting during the crimp process.
No. of Terminal Item
Pieces Type Includes Brand No.
(12) 4FRH5, (12) 4FRH6, (12) 4FRH7, (8) 4FRH8, (12) 4FRH2, (12) 4FRH3, (12) 4FRH4,
Vinyl
194 (12) 4FRJ2, (11) 4FRH9, (10) 4FRJ1, (8) 4FRH1, (8) 4FRJ3, (8) 4FRE5, (12) 4FRE2, (8) Power First 5UGK5
Insulated 4FRL1, (12) 4FRC8, (12) 5WHD6, (12) 4FRD3 Connectors and Crimping Tool
(10) BSV14X, (10) BSV18X, (10) DNF14-250 and (10) DNF18-250 Nylon Disconnects, (10) JN418-212
160 Assortment Nylon Wire Joints, (10) PV10-8R, (20) PV14-10R, (20) PV18-6F and (20) PV14-8F Vinyl Fork Terminals, (20) Panduit 39CA59
PV18-8R, and (10) BSV10X Vinyl Butt Splices, and (10) PV10-10R Vinyl Ring Terminals, and Plastic Box

Twist On Wire Connectors

Twist-on connectors provide fast installation, with creates its own threads as it draws the conduc-
no pre-twisting required; a quick and easy way to tors all the way into the connector preventing any
match the right connector to the size of solid or disconnection. Shells withstand temperatures up
stranded wire. Sturdy grip gives leverage for easy to 221° F.
application by hand or with tool. Fixed, wire spring
6YH37 Min. Wire Max. Wire Max. Pkg. Item
Color Combination Combination Voltage Series Qty. No.
Basic Style
Yellow (2) 18 AWG (4) 14 AWG with (1) 18 AWG 600V AC 74B 100 6YH37
Gray (2) 22 AWG Stranded (2) 16 AWG 300V AC 71B 100 6YH34
Blue (2) 22 AWG (3) 16 AWG 300V AC 72B 100 6YH35
Orange (1) 18 AWG with (1) 20 AWG (2) 14 AWG 600V AC 73B 100 6YH36

Lighted Extension Cords

Extreme Temperature General Purpose Extension Cords—These general-purpose
Extension Cords— extension cords are designed to accommodate almost any power
All-weather PVC alloy stays requirement. An LED at the receptacle end indicates power is available.
flexible to -58°F without NEMA NEMA
cracking or compromising Gauge/ Jacket Cord Plug Recep. Max. Item
the integrity of the cord. Conductor Color Shape Length Config. Config. Amps No.
Provide excellent resistance 10/3 Yellow Round 50 ft 5-20P 5-20R 20.0 A 4FZZ7
to UV, oils, chemicals, 12/3 Yellow with Black Stripe Round 25 ft 5-15P 5-15R 15.0 A 1XUP6
moisture, and abrasion. 12/3 Yellow with Black Stripe Round 50 ft 5-15P 5-15R 15.0 A 3EB10
1XUP6 Feature power indicator 12/3 Yellow with Black Stripe Round 100 ft 5-15P 5-15R 15.0 A 1FD57
light on receptacle, except 14/3 Orange with Black Stripe Round 50 ft 5-15P 5-15R 15.0 A 1FD55
where noted. 16/3 Orange Round 50 ft 5-15P 5-15R 13.0 A 1FD53

Cable 32RX19
Protectors
Connectors lock multiple cable
protectors tightly together to TAKE CONTROL OF YOUR STUFF
provide a safe crossing for vehicle What if there were an easier way to ensure you have
and pedestrian traffic, and protect the right parts in the right place at the right time?
valuable electrical cables and hose lines. Put Grainger’s expertise to work for you. It’s almost
They feature a modular, interlocking design like managing your inventory on autopilot.
that is ideal for use in most public venues, Inventory managed. Space organized.
light commercial, and utility applications. Time and money saved.
Constructed of maintenance free polyurethane.
> Learn more at [Link]/keepstock
Connection No. of Load Channel Channel Item
Style Channels Capacity L W H Width Height No.
Gripper 3 10,000 lb/Axle 3 ft. 18 1⁄4 in 2 3⁄4 in 2 1⁄4 in 2 1⁄4 in 32RX19 .6111”
Gripper 5 10,000 lb/Axle 3 ft. 16 1⁄2 in 1 5⁄8 in 1 1⁄4 in 1 1⁄4 in 32RX20 SPINE
safe area

62 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) TEST INSTRUMENTS

12U582 22XX19
Digital Multimeters
Rugged, high-quality meters are designed for field professionals in a wide range
of applications. Audible continuity lets your eyes focus on other test results. Each
includes test leads and batteries.
Instrument
Max. Max. Max. Frequency
Instrument Basic DC Instrument AC DC Max. AC DC Counter Capacitance Temp. Mfr. Item
Counts Accuracy Safety Rating Volts Volts Amps Amps Max. Ohms Range Range Range Brand Model No.
Amprobe, Full-Size
+/-0.80% of 40 10 Hz to 0 to 40, 400 nF/4,
4000 CAT III 600V 600 600 10 10 — Amprobe AM-510 12U582
Reading +1 Digit megohm 10 MHz 40, 100 uF
Extech, Full Size EX400 Series
+/-0.50% of 20 -4° to
2000 Reading +2 Digits CAT III 600V 750 1,000 20 20 — — Extech EX410 1GUG7
megohm 1382°F
Extech, Pocket
+/-0.50% of 20 -4° to
2000 Reading +2 Digits CAT II 600V 600 600 10 10 — — Extech MN35 3LXX9
megohm 1400°F
Mulitmeters
+/-0.09% of CAT III 1000V, 1,000 1,000 50 0.01 Hz to 1 nF to 10,000 uF 14° to
6000 10 10 Fluke Fluke-177 6MR07
Reading +2 Digits CAT IV 600V megohm 100 kHz 122°F
+/-0.05% of CAT III 1000V, 1,000 1,000 50 0.5 Hz to -328° to FLUKE-87- 4EB21
6000/19,999 Reading 10 10 1 nF to 9999 uF 1994°F Fluke
+ 1 Digit CAT IV 600V megohm 200 kHz 5/CWG
+/-0.09% of CAT III 1000V, 1,000 1,000 50 0.01 Hz to -40° to
6000 10 10 1 nF to 10,000 uF 752°F Fluke Fluke-179 6MR09
Reading +2 Digits CAT IV 600V megohm 100 kHz
+/-0.50% of 40 0.01 Hz 1 nF to 9999 uF 14° to
6000 CAT III 600V 600 600 10 10 Fluke FLUKE-117 1GAJ2
Reading +2 Digits megohm to 50 kHz 122°F
+/-0.50% of 40 0.01 Hz
6000 CAT III 600V 600 600 10 10 1 nF to 9999 uF — Fluke FLUKE-115 1GAH9
Reading +2 Digits megohm to 50 kHz
+/-0.05% of CAT III 1000V, 1,000 1,000 50 0.5 Hz to -328° to
6000/19,999 Reading 10 10 10 pF to 9999 uF 1994°F Fluke Fluke-87-V 4EB18
+ 1 Digit CAT IV 600V megohm 200 kHz
Westward, Digital Multimeters
+/-0.50% of 60 0.001 Hz 9999 pF to -40° to
6000 Reading +2 Digits CAT III 600V 600 600 10 10 1832°F Westward 22XX19 22XX19
megohm to 10 MHz 99,990 uF

Tachometers
Laser Tachometers—Employ laser light Tachometer with
source for noncontact RPM measure- Infrared Thermometer
ments from long distances. No. 4GE84—Provides
both contact and
Tachometers—Extech models include
noncontact RPM
interchangeable cone, flat tips, surface
measurements, making 4YE87
speed wheel, carrying case, and AA
this device useful in almost
batteries. Displays Max./Min. values.
any application. It features a built-in
Shimpo models include 2 cone tips,
IR thermometer with laser pointer for measuring surface
funnel tip, extension shaft, speed 5URH0
temperature from -4°F to 600°F (-20°C to 315°C), making it
wheel, carrying case, and AA batteries.
ideal for checking the operating temperature of motors, bear- 4GE84
No. 5URHO includes reflective tape for
ings, and machinery.
targeting and USB cable.
Contact RPM Noncontact Calibration Mfr. Item
Speed (FPM) Range RPM Range RPM Accuracy Display Certificate Brand Model No.
Laser Tachometer
— — 2 to 99,999 +/-0.05% 5 Digit LCD Available Separately Extech 461920 1TZP5
0 to 6560 2 to 20,000 2 to 99,999 +/-0.05% +1 Digit Backlit LCD — Extech RPM33 41D940
0.16 to 6562 0.5 to 20,000 5 to 200,000 +/-0.01% of Reading 5 Digit +5 Alpha Numeric LCD NIST Monarch PLT200 KIT 4YE87
Tachometer
— 10 to 99,999 10 to 99,999 +/-0.04% +/-2 Digits LCD — Westward 5URH0 5URH0
+/-0.006% of Reading
0.10 to 25,000 0.10 to 25,000 — 5 Digit LED NIST Shimpo DT-107A-S12 21YD69
+/- 1 Digit
+/-0.006% of Reading
0.10 to 25,000 0.10 to 25,000 — 5 Digit LCD NIST Shimpo DT-105A-S12 21YD68
+/- 1 Digit
0.20 to 6560 0.5 to 20,000 — +/-0.05% 5 Digit LCD — Extech 461891 1PX59
Tachometer with Infrared Thermometer
0.20 to 6560 0.5 to 20,000 10 to 99,999 0.05% of Reading +1 Digit 5 Digit LCD — Extech RPM10 4GE84

55AX71 30ZX16

Circuit Tracing Kits

Trace energized/de-energized circuits without power interruption,
locate individual wires in a bundle, and locate shorts and ground faults.
Voltage Audible Traces Wires in Battery Mfr. Item
Range Includes Indicator Non-Metalic Conduit Type Brand Model No.
(12) Batteries, Accessory Kit, Receiver, Soft
0 to 600V AC/V DC Yes Yes AA Amprobe AT-6010 55AX71
Carrying Case, Test Lead, Transmitter
0 to 600V AC/V DC Hard Carrying Case, LED Receiver, Test Lead Set, Transmitter Yes No (4) AA IDEAL 61-955 30ZX16
.6111”
Battery Pack, Hard Carrying Case, Inductive Clamp,
SPINE 0 to 600V AC/V DC Yes No (4) AA IDEAL 61-959 30ZX18
OLED Rotating Receiver, Test Lead Set, Transmitter
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 63

TEST INSTRUMENTS

Circular Chart Recorders and Accessories

2HZD3 5MER8 Temperature and Temperature/Humidity Chart Recorders—
Temp. accuracy: ±1.8°F. Selectable chart rotation time and
temperature range. Flip-up pen arm eases chart and pen changes.
Pens—Fit all Dickson recorders.
Recording Calibration Pkg. Item
Temp. Range Time (day) Includes Display Alarm Certificate Qty. Brand No.
4" Chart Size, Circular Chart Recorder
-22° to 122°F, -30° to 50°C 1 or 7 (1) AA Battery, (1) Red Pen Yes No — 1 Dickson 2HZD3
6" Chart Size, Circular Chart Recorder
-100° to 0° F/C, -50° to 0° F/C, -50° to 50° (1) 4 ft. Wire Bead Probe,
F/C, 0° to 100° F/C, 0° to 250° F/C, 0° to 1 or 7 (1) AC Adapter, Yes No NIST 1 Dickson 16K996
50° F/C, 0° to 500° F, 50° to 100° F/C (1) Red Pen, (4) AA Batteries
-100° to 0° F/C, -50° to 0° F/C, -50° to 50° (1) 4 ft. Wire Bead Probe,
F/C, 0° to 100° F/C, 0° to 250° F/C, 0° to 1 or 7 (1) AC Adapter, No No — 1 Dickson 1NFH4
50° F/C, 0° to 500° F, 50° to 100° F/C (1) Red Pen, (4) AA Batteries
6" Chart, Pkg. 60 For Dickson Recorders
0° to 500°F 1 — — — — 60 Dickson 1LXK9
8" Chart Size, Temperature Chart Recorder
-20° to 20° F/C, -50° to 50° F/C, 0° to 100° F/C, (1) 4 ft. Wire Bead Probe, (1)
0° to 1000° F/C, 0° to 150° F/C, 0° to 2000° F, 0° 1, 31, 7 Quick Start Guide, (1) Red Yes No — 1 Dickson 19YM21
to 250° F/C, 0° to 500° F/C, 50° to 150° F/C Pen, (4) AA Batteries
8" Chart Size, Circular Chart Recorder
(1) AC Adapter, (1) Blue Pen,
0° to 50°C, 32° to 120°F, 40°F to 110°F, 5 to 40°C 1, 31, 7 Yes No — 1 Dickson 23MD04
(1) Red Pen, (4) AA Batteries
12" Chart, Pkg. 100 For Honeywell Truline Recorders
No Range — — — — — 100 Honeywell 5MER8
Replacement Pens
— — (6) Red Pens — — — 6 Dickson 1LXJ5

2LZV2 General Purpose Infrared Thermometers

2DPJ2
Measure thermal radiation of surfaces or objects from a distance.
They have laser sighting elements for taking no-contact measurements and a digital
display that shows the temperature reading. They are used for hard-to-reach or
dangerous electrical systems or mechanical equipment such as power lines or motors.
Focus Spot Size Data Item
Temp. Range (F) and Distance Emissivity Accuracy Hold Brand No.
-58° to 1200° 1 in @ 12 in Adjustable 0.10 to 1.00 ±1% Yes Extech 2LZV2
1PEK8 32°F ±2°F
-40° to 1472° 1 in @ 50 in Adjustable 0.10 to 1.00 Yes Fluke 2DPJ2
29TJ20 or ±1.0%
Adjustable 0.30,
-40° to 1022° 1 in @ 12 in ±2°F or ±1.0% Yes Fluke 1PEK8
0.70, 0.95
-40° to 1472° 1 in @ 50 in Adjustable 0.10 to 1.00 ±1.0°C or ±1.0% Yes Fluke 29TJ20

UltraSonic Industrial Imager

Quickly locate air, gas, and vacuum leaks in intuitive interface allows technicians to isolate
compressed air systems. the sound frequency of the leak to filter out
Handheld imager is equipped with an array of loud background noise.
microphones for an expanded field-of-view. An
Item
AC Frequency Response Includes No.
2 kHz to 52 kHz (2) Batteries, AC Power Supply, Case, Hand and Neck Strap, USB Cable 54XZ83

Infrared Thermal Camera

Find unseen hot and cold spots for instant troubleshooting.
Cuts down on inspection time by showing temperature anomalies and directing users
to electrical, mechanical, and HVAC/R system faults.
Operating Item
Emissivity Temp. Range Field of View No. .6111”
Adjustable 0.10 to 0.99 14° to 113°F 51.0° Horizontal x 66.0° Vertical 60PT93 SPINE
safe area

64 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) FLEET & VEHICLE MAINTENANCE

10-Ton Jack
Stands
Quick-lifting vehicle stand
sustains heavy loads over
long periods of time.
The stand adjusts
quickly and easily
to desired heights
and positions. It's
ideal for use in
fleet, agricultural,
and construction 450G82
maintenance.
Height (in.)
Portable Jump Starters
Lifting Cap. Item and Power Sources
(tons) Min. Max. Base Size (in.) No.
10 (Per Pair) 27 7⁄8 in 47 3⁄8 in 16 1⁄8 x 16 1⁄8 4GU80 Quick and convenient, these jump starters are ideal when
vehicle batteries need to be recharged in emergency situations.
For Use
For Battery With Cold Cranking Amp Cable Item
Voltage Battery Type Amps @ Voltage Hours Length Brand No.
Automatic
400 A @ 12V, 400
12 V DC Lead Acid A @ 18V, 400 A @ 44 Ah 6 ft Westward 450G82
24V, 400 A @ 6V
400 A @ 12V, 400
12 V DC, Lead Acid A @ 18V, 400 A @ 44 Ah 6 ft Westward 450G83
24 V DC 24V, 400 A @ 6V
Manual
AGM, Deep
Cycle, Gel,
22 Ah 31in ⁄64 Associated
13
12 V DC Lead Acid, 360 A @ 12V 11Z385
Equip
Lithium,
Wet Cell
AGM, Deep
12 V DC, Cycle, Gel, 350 A @ 24V, (2) x DSR
5 ft
24 V DC Lead Acid, 525 A @ 12V 22Ah Proseries 417Y96
Wet Cell

4CWK5
Battery Tester
• Includes Instruction Manual
This compact, handheld tester can read the specific gravity
of battery acid to determine a battery's state of charge.
Item
Description No.
Air/Hydraulic Jacks Glass Tube with Float Scale Reading 5NEF9
and End Lift 11N139
End lift features a 3-way heavy-duty air valve for precise control.
Lifting arms can be extended for greater versatility. Safety latch
design has 5 auto safety lock positions to help prevent unin-
tended lowering of load. Hydraulic jacks feature dual leveling
mechanism and reinforced flanged side frames.
Lifting Height FIND MORE ONLINE
Lifting Base Chassis Handle Item
Capacity Min. Max. Length Length Length Brand No. Can’t find it here? Go to [Link]® today to see
Air Operated End Lift our full selection of over 1.5 million products and the
10 ton 12 1⁄2 in 46 in 40 in 39 in — Hein-Werner 4CWK5
services and solutions to help you get it done!
Air/Hydraulic Service Jack
10 ton 7 in 27 in 101 3⁄4 in 53 1⁄2 in 47 in Gray 11N148
10 ton 6 1⁄2 in 25 1⁄2 in 53 1⁄2 in 54 in 53 in Hein-Werner 4CWK2
25 ton 8 in 21 in 20 in 20 in 53 in Gray 11N139
.6111” Air/Hydraulic Axle Jack
SPINE 25 ton 8 1⁄4 in 21 1⁄2 in — 20 in 53 in Hein-Werner 4CWL4
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 65

FLEET & VEHICLE MAINTENANCE

1YER7
Creeper Seats and Creepers
Get yourself into the right position to comfortably work on whatever 48NT97
job you find yourself tackling on any given day. 2PB36
Load No. of Frame Item
Capacity Features Headrest Wheels Material L W H Brand No.
Creeper
250 lb Drop Rail Multi Adjustable 6 Steel 40 3⁄16
in 16 in
3⁄4 5 in Westward 1YEU2
280 lb — Padded 6 Plastic 40 in 18 1⁄2 in 4 1⁄2 in Westward 1YER7
Fully Upholstered Pad, Low
450 lb Padded 6 Steel 40 in 26 in 4 1⁄4 in Omega 48NT97
Profile Design, Sitting Position
570 lb Either End Adjustable Creeper Padded 6 Steel 44 in 17 in 3 5⁄8 in Whiteside 2PB36
Creeper Seat
Plywood Under Foam 17 5⁄16 to
— Padding, Pneumatic Adjusting, — 5 Steel 15 in 15 in Westward 1MZJ1
22 in
Tool Tray, Vinyl Seat
300 lb High Rise, Steel Tray — 4 Steel — — 23 to 24 in Westward 1MZH7
1MZH7

48WC36
22YL02

Tire Chucks 22YK96 2HKX1

and Inflators 2HKY2
Use dual-chuck tire inflators with an air compres-
sor (sold separately) for fast, efficient tire inflation. Tire Gauges and Tire Inflator Gauges
No. 22YK96 is a 90° tire chuck designed to be used • Dual foot tire pressure gauges
with air compressors, hoses, and tanks.
• Dual head tire inflator gauges
Item
Color/Finish Calibration Includes Brand No. Optimize fuel efficiency and safe driving by
Chuck Inflators keeping tires properly inflated.
Bayonet Type Inflator Gauge, Pressure Mfr. Item
Polish 0 to 100 psi Dual Chuck, Inflating Gun Speedaire 22YL03 Features Range Brand Model No.
Body, Rubber Hose Dual-Foot Truck Gauges
Air Chuck, Indicator 2 PSI Increments,
Chrome 0 to 100 psi Gauge, Inflating Gun Speedaire 22YL02 10 to 150 PSI Haltec GA-135-1 48WC36
Angled Chuck
Body, Rubber Hose
2 PSI Increments, Straight- 10 to 150 PSI
Thread Item Haltec GA-155-1 48WC37
On and 30° Reverse Chuck
Description Size Brand No.
2 PSI Increments, 10 to 150
Chucks GA-155S- 33W452
Recalibratable, Straight-On PSI10 to Haltec
Straight Chuck 1⁄4 in FNPT Speedaire 22YK96 RCL
and 30° Reverse Chuck 150 PSI
Angled Chuck 1⁄4" FNPT Westward 2HKY2 Inflators/Gauges
2 PSI Increments,
Angled and 30° Reverse 10 to 90 PSI Westward 2HKX1 2HKX1
Chuck, In-Line Gauge
2 PSI Increments, Dial
Gauge, Straight-on & 0 to 220 PSI Westward 2HKX4 2HKX4
30° Reverse Chuck
2 PSI Increments, Angled &
30 Degree Reverse Chuck, 10 to 120 PSI Westward 2FDL1 2FDL1
Gauge Bar in Site Glass
Pencil-Style Tire Gauges
2 PSI Increments, Straight- 10 to 150 PSI Westward 2HKW5 2HKW5
on and 30° Reverse Chuck
Headlight Lens
Restoration Kits 5JKN9 3NLR9
• Turtle Wax kit provides superior results without using a Electric Horns
power tool Replacement horns that are perfect for
• 3M kit requires a household drill (sold separately) cars, SUVs, trucks, and motorcycles.
Restoration kits help remove yellowing and buildup from plastic Mounted under the hood. Fits all 12V
lenses on headlights, taillights, fog lights, and directional lights. vehicles (built since 1955) and includes
universal mounting brackets. 3FHU3
Item
Includes Brand No. Dia. L W H Mfr. Item
Lens clarifying compund, spray lubricant, lens Turtle dB Voltage (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) Model No.
5JKN9
sealing and base bulb wipes, 3 cleaning pads Wax 116 dB @ 1 meter 12V DC 3 in 3 in 3 in 3 in 385-2T 3FHU7
1⁄2 1⁄8 3⁄4 1⁄2 .6111”
3M™ Trizact™ sanding discs, pads, tape and polishes 3M 3NLR9 115 dB @ 1 meter 12V DC 3 3⁄4 in - 2 in - 305-2T 3FHU3 SPINE
safe area

66 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) MOTORS & POWER TRANSMISSION

Find the Dependable, Reliable Motor for Your Application

Capacitor-Start Totally Enclosed Face-Mount Motors
• Bearings: ball • Max. ambient temp.: 40°C • Rotation: CW/CCW
Totally enclosed motors are also suitable for dusty, dirty, and nonhazardous environments.
Motor
Nameplate Thermal Full Load Service Ins. Nom. Item
HP RPM Frame Protection Voltage Amps Factor Class Efficiency No.
1⁄2 1,725 56C None 115/208-230V AC 7.7/3.9-3.9 1.15 B 60.8 % 6K342 6K436
1⁄2 1,725 56C Auto 115/208-230V AC 9.0/4.5-4.3 1.15 B 60.7 % 5GD57
3⁄4 1,725 56C None 115/208-230V AC 11.0/5.5-5.4 1.15 B 70.2 % 6K436

3-Phase Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled Rigid Base Motors

Cast iron frames. Nameplate Full Load Nom. Frame Ins. Overall Item
Service factor 1.15. HP RPM Frame Amps Efficiency Material Class Length No.
10 1,770 215T 25.8/12.9 91.7 % Cast Iron F 19 in1⁄2 2MXV4
15 1,770 254T 37.5/18.8 92.4 % Cast Iron F 26 1⁄16 in 2MXV7
20 1,770 256T 48.5/24.3 93 % Cast Iron F 27 13⁄16 in 2MXW1 2MXV7

PSC Stud-Mount Condenser Fan Motor

• Service factor: 1.0 • Bearings: ball Multipurpose mounting in cradle, band, or by thru-bolt exten-
• Insulation: Class B • Rotation: CW/ sions. All-angle shaft position. For 5-ton and larger commercial
• Thermal protection: CCW outdoor condensers. Also used for commercial and industrial
auto coolers, and other shaft-mounted fan and blower equipment.
Max.
Nameplate Full Load Ring to Resilient Stud Shaft Shaft Ambient Capacitor Mfr. Item
HP RPM Voltage Amps Frame Mounting Ring Center Ring Dia. Pattern Dia. Length Temp. Req. Model No.
1⁄2 208-230/460V 2.4/1.20
1,075 48Y Stud 6 3⁄16 in 2 1⁄2 in 3 5⁄8 x 3 5⁄8" 1⁄2 in 6 in 60 °C 2MDV7 FEH1056D 4MA46
AC

DC Permanent Magnet Motors

• Service factor: 1.0 Designed for use with speed controls or NEMA Type K DC power supplies
• Max. ambient temp.: 40°C on constant or diminishing torque applications. Performance matched
• Bearings: ball with Dayton® and Dart Speed Controls. A tapped hole on the fan end shaft
allows a No. 6Z392 or No. 5JJ65 pulse generator to be mounted. 56C
• Rotation: CW/CCW
frame models have a removable base.
Nameplate Full Load Overall Ins. Item
HP RPM Frame Enclosure Amps Length Class No.
180V DC
1 1⁄2 1,750 143/5TC Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled 7.5 A 18 5⁄16 in H 4Z379
3 1,750 143/5TC Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled 15.0 A 22 5⁄16 in H 6Z791 4Z379
90V DC
1⁄2 1,725 56C Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled 5.0 A 11 13⁄16 in F 2M168
3⁄4 1,725 56C Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled 7.6 A 13 13⁄16 in F 2M169
1 1,750 56C Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled 10.0 A 14 13⁄16 in F 2M170

Split-Phase Open Dripproof Belt-Drive Motors

• Insulation: Class B, except 5⁄8" Dia. shaft bushing is supplied with all Dayton® motors having 1⁄2" x

No. 4K259 is Class F 1 1⁄2" shafts. Century adjustable ring-mount motors have 2 1⁄4" Dia. resil-
• Max. ambient temp.: 40°C ient rings, and come with snap rings to increase diameter to 2 1⁄2". For
• Thermal protection: auto use in fans, blowers, whole-house fans, air circulators, and air coolers
where a quiet running motor is required.
• Rotation: CW/CCW
Nameplate Full Load Service Shaft Shaft Mfr. Item
HP RPM Frame Voltage Amps Factor Bearings Mounting Dia. Length Brand Model No. 4UE76
1-Speed Commercial
1⁄4 1,725 48 115V AC 5.0 1.35 Sleeve Cradle Base 5⁄8 in 1 1⁄2 in Century GF2024 4UE76
1⁄4 1,725 56 115V AC 5.3 1.35 Ball Cradle Base 5⁄8 in 1 7⁄8 in Dayton 5K260 5K260
1⁄3 1,725 56 115V AC 5.8 1.35 Ball Cradle Base 5⁄8 in 1 7⁄8 in Dayton 5K261 5K261
1⁄3 1,725 48YZ 115/208-230V AC 6.6/3.1-3.3 1.35 Ball Cradle Base 1⁄2 in 1 7⁄8 in Dayton 4K252 4K252
1⁄2 1,725 48Z 115/208-230V AC 8.6/4.3-4.2 1.25 Ball Cradle Base 1⁄2 in 1 7⁄8 in Dayton 4K259 4K259
1⁄2 1,725 56 115V AC 7.2 1.25 Ball Cradle Base 5⁄8 in 1 7⁄8 in Dayton 5K416BG 5K416
.6111” 1-Speed Residential
SPINE 1⁄2
3K772
1,725 48 115V AC 8 1.25 Ball Cradle Base 1⁄2 in 1 1⁄2 in Dayton 3K772 3K772
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 67

MOTORS & POWER TRANSMISSION

Pedestal Fan Motors

• Service factor: 1.0 Designed with integral yoke bracket.
• Max. ambient temp.: 40°C Studs allow fan guard to be mounted
• Thermal protection: auto directly to shaft endshield.
• Duty: continuous air-over Warning: Motor overload could result if the
fan blade is not correctly matched to the
3M504 6K406 • Stud pattern: 3 5⁄8" x 3 5⁄8" motor's HP and RPM rating.
10 Ft. Cord Full
Nameplate No. of and Pull Load Body Shaft Shaft Overall Ins. Item
HP RPM Enclosure Speeds Frame Rotation Chain Switch Voltage Amps Bearings Dia. Dia. Length Length Class No.
Permanent Split Capacitor, Capacitor Included
1⁄4 1,075 Totally Enclosed Air-Over 2 48YZ CW/CCW No 115V AC 3.1 Ball 5 5⁄8 in 1⁄2 in 2 1⁄2 in 10 3⁄16 in B 3M504
1⁄4 1,075 Totally Enclosed Air-Over 2 48YZ CWSE Yes 115V AC 3.1 Ball 5 5⁄8 in 1⁄2 in 3 in 9 11⁄16 in B 4UX61
1⁄2 825 Totally Enclosed Air-Over 1 48YZ CW/CCW No 115V AC 6.4 Ball 5 5⁄8 in 5⁄8 in 1 7⁄8 in 10 in B 4UX59
1⁄2 1,075 Totally Enclosed Air-Over 2 48YZ CW/CCW No 115V AC 7.2 Ball 5 5⁄8 in 5⁄8 in 2 1⁄2 in 10 13⁄16 in B 3M505
1⁄2 1,075 Totally Enclosed Air-Over 2 48YZ CWSE Yes 115V AC 5.8 Ball 5 5⁄8 in 5⁄8 in 3 1⁄16 in 10 7⁄16 in B 4UX63
Split-Phase
1⁄4 1,725 Totally Enclosed Air-Over 1 48YZ CW/CCW No 115V AC 4.5 Ball 5 5⁄8 in 1⁄2 in 2 in 10 in B 6K406
1⁄4 1,725 Open Air-Over 1 48YZ CW/CCW No 115V AC 4.9 Ball 5 5⁄8 in 1⁄2 in 2 in 9 1⁄2 in B 6K403
1⁄2 1,725 Open Air-Over 1 48YZ CW/CCW No 115V AC 7.9 Ball 5 5⁄8 in 5⁄8 in 2 in 10 1⁄8 in B 6K405

3-Phase Totally Enclosed

Fan-Cooled Rigid Base Motors
• 230/460V; 125 HP and above entering bearing cavity. Automatic
6AJC2
are 460V pressure-compensated drain
• Usable at 208V plugs. Gasketed conduit boxes
Nameplate Full Load Nom. Overall Item are threaded for easier installa-
HP RPM Frame Amps Efficiency Length No. • Max. ambient temp.: 40°C
tion. Stainless steel, laser-etched
5 1,755 184T 12.9/6.5 89.5 % 15 7⁄8 in 6AJC2 • Rotation: CW/CCW
7 1⁄2 1,765 213T 18.4/9.2 91.7 % 19 1⁄2 in 6AJC5 nameplate maintains information
Cast-iron frame with corrosion- over long life. Not for cooling
10 1,765 215T 24.8/12.4 91.7 % 19 1⁄2 in 6AJC8 resistant finish. V-ring slingers on
15 1,765 254/6T 36.0/18.0 92.4 % 24 15⁄16 in 6AJD1 tower applications.
both endshields block debris from

PSC Stud- and Cradle-Mount

Condenser Fan Motors
• Service factor: 1.0 Commercial-duty motors feature higher starting
• Max. ambient temp.: 60°C torque, cooler running temperature, and reversing
• Thermal protection: auto plug. Opposite endshield is open. Shaft up/down
4MB91 motors have both endshields totally enclosed
• Rotation: CW/CCW
with removable drain plugs. Shafts are double flat
4M205 • Continuous duty (90° apart).
Nameplate No. of Full Load Shaft Shaft Length Capacitor Mfr. Item
HP RPM Speeds Frame Voltage Amps Dia. Length Less Shaft Bearings Req. Brand Model No.
Stud-Mount, Totally Enclosed Air-Over, Shaft Up/Down
1⁄4 1,075 1 48YZ 208-230V AC 1.50-1.40 1⁄2 in 6 1⁄16 in 5 7⁄8 in Ball 2MDV4 Dayton 4M205 4M205
Stud-Mount, Open Air-Over, Shaft Horizontal
1⁄4 1,625 2 48Y 460V AC 0.90 1⁄2 in 6 7⁄16 in 6 3⁄8 in Ball Included Century BDH1024 4MB91

Open Dripproof Capacitor-Start

Belt-Drive Motors
• Max. ambient temp.: 40°C For use with belt-drive applications, includ-
• Thermal protection: auto ing furnace blowers, exhaust fans, industrial
3K199 blowers, and ventilators.
• Rotation: CW/CCW
Nameplate Full Load Service Body Shaft Shaft Length Ins. Mfr. Item
HP RPM Frame Voltage Amps Factor Bearings Mounting Dia. Dia. Length Less Shaft Class Model No.
1⁄2 1,725 56 115/230V AC 7.7/3.8 1.25 Ball Cradle Base 5⁄8 in 1 in
7⁄8 9 in
3⁄8 B 3K199 3K199
1 1,725 56 115/208-230V AC 13.6/6.9-6.9 1.15 Ball Cradle Base 6 1⁄2 in 5⁄8 in 1 7⁄8 in 9 7⁄8 in B 6K321 6K321

Permanent-Magnet Parallel-Shaft Gearmotors

Features a totally enclosed, nonventilated enclosure with die-cast aluminum gearcase. Permanently
lubricated by heavy fluid gear oil. Can be mounted in any position except shaft up. reversible rotation.
Nameplate Max. Overhung Gear Full Load Gearmotor Item
RPM Torque Load Input HP Ratio XL XH Amps Voltage No.
6ML59 250 RPM 45 in-lb 201 lb 1⁄4 10:1 13.31" 11.31" 2A 90V DC 6ML59 .6111”
42 RPM 280 in-lb 327 lb 1⁄4 58:1 13.31" 11.31" 2.3 A 90V DC 6ML71 SPINE
safe area

68 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) LUBRICATION

Chute Lube® Lubricant

Multipurpose Lubricant Odorless, colorless, nonstaining silicone
Silicone-free formula penetrates, loosens, spray lubricates and protects metal-
and frees stuck, frozen, or rusted parts, to-nonmetal contact areas for package
while lubricating and protecting metal handling equipment. Helps boxes glide
against corrosive elements. It cleans and down chutes and rails. Safe on most
removes grease, grime, tar, and more, rubbers and plastics.
and displaces moisture. Nonconductive. Max. Min.
Lubricant Container Container NSF Operating Operating Mfr. Item
Max. Min. Additives Type Size Rating Temp. Temp. Model No.
Lubricant Container NSF Operating Operating Mfr. Item
Film Size Rating Temp. Temp. Model No. H2 No
Silicone Pail 5 gal Food 400 °F -40°F 03222 1YNX1
Wet 21 oz Not Rated 300 °F -60°F 490088 20JY63 Contact

Food-Grade Silicone LPS 1® General Purpose

Lubricant Dry Lubricant
Spray forms a colorless, odorless,
nonstaining film that lubricates and Dry, thin, greaseless silicone-free film
protects food processing and handling displaces moisture and resists dirt and
equipment. Also serves as a release agent. dust buildup. Safe on most seals, paint,
Harmless to most rubbers and plastics. and plastics. Sprays upside-down.
Nonconductive. No chlorinated solvents.
Max. Min.
Lubricant Lubricant Container NSF Operating Operating Mfr. Item Max. Min.
Film Additives Size Rating Temp. Temp. Model No. Lubricant Container NSF Operating Operating Mfr. Item
Film Size Rating Temp. Temp. Model No.
H1 Food
Dry Silicone 16 oz 400 °F -40°F 03040 3EED7 H2 No Food
Grade Dry 11 oz 350 °F -50°F 00116 6Y743
Contact

Knock'er Loose®
Penetrating Solvent
Low-viscosity, nondrying formula quickly
Belt Dressing Lubricant
permeates rust, scale, gum, grease, Synthetic formula improves traction and
and corrosion to loosen and free seized, reduces belt tension on motors, shafts,
bound, or frozen fasteners and sliding and wheels. Tacky, nondrying film resists
mechanisms. water washoff. Colorless. Safe on leather,
rubber, canvas, and fabric.
Max.
Penetrant Container NSF Operating Mfr. Item Max. Min.
Base Size Rating Temp. Model No. Lubricant Container NSF Operating Operating Mfr. Item
H2 No Food Additives Size Rating Temp. Temp. Model No.
Petroleum 16 oz 300 °F 03020 3EED4
Contact No Additives 16 oz H1 Food Grade 350 °F -40°F 03065 1D267

Chain and Cable Lubricants

CRC® Extreme Duty Open Gear & Chain Lube—Extreme-pressure
(EP) open gear and chain lubricant reduces friction, wear, and gear noise
in harsh environments. Tacky formula with moly and graphite penetrates
metal for maximum shock-load protection. Weather-resistant.
LPS® ChainMate®—Penetrates deeply to extend the working life of
chains and wire rope and reduce wear caused by friction and corrosion.
Resists water wash-off and high temperature sling-off. Moly-fortified for
extreme temperatures and pressures.
SLIP Plate® Chain & Cable Lubricant—Combination of graphite and
light chain and cable oil penetrates deep within chain linkages and pins 1HBK7
for long-lasting lubrication. Graphite bonds to chain or cable surface
and is weather and moisture-resistant. Protects, lubricates, and reduces 3HY54
1WVL1
noise due to friction.
Max. Min.
Lubricant Container Operating Operating Chemical Mfr. Item
Description Additives Size Temp. Temp. Base Brand Model No.
Extreme Duty Open Gear & Chain Lube Graphite 16 oz 350 °F -25°F Petroleum CRC 03058 1HBK7
.6111” ChainMate® White Mineral Oil, Polybutene 16 oz 300 °F 32°F Mineral Oil LPS 02416 3HY54
SPINE Chain & Cable Lubricant Graphite 12 oz 100 °F 32°F Mineral Oil SLIP Plate CHAINCABLE-6CS 1WVL1
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 69

LUBRICATION

A Lubricant for Just About Any

Surface and Any Application Spray and Stay General
Purpose Lubricant
WD-40® SPECIALIST® gel lubricant no-drip
formula stays where you spray it, making it
Garage Door ideal for use on vertical surfaces and moving
Dry Lubricant parts like chains, cables, gears, rollers, and
Use for lubricating, waterproofing, and bearings. Offers long-lasting lubrication on
preventing corrosion on residential multiple surfaces including metal, plastic, and
and commercial garage doors. Dries rubber. Prevents rust for up to 1 yr. Attached
quickly with no messy residue. Smart Straw® sprays 2 ways.
Max. Min.
Max. Min. Lubricant Chemical Lubricant Container Operating Operating Mfr. Item
Lubricant Chemical Lubricant Container Operating Operating Mfr. Item Film Base Additives Size Temp. Temp. Model No.
Film Base Additives Size Temp. Temp. Model No.
Mineral Mineral No
Dry Silicone 16 oz 392 °F -40°F 100581 3DVF7 Wet 15 oz 500 °F -100°F 300103 45WD32
Oil Oil Additives

Di-Electric Food Grade

Grease Machinery Oils
CRC® Dielectric Grease—Food-grade CRC®—General-purpose lubricant is silicone- 2F132
noncuring silicone compound waterproofs free, virtually odorless, and colorless. Will not
electrical connections and components to harm metal, wood, plastic, or painted surfaces.
protect against arcing. Features Perma-Lock Zero VOC. The Perma-Lock® integrated actuator
integrated actuator that will not detach. will not detach.
Loctite® LB 8801 Dielectric Grease— LPS® with DETEX®—Features metal-detectable
Noncuring. Seals, waterproofs, and plastic components with DETEX®. Colorless,
electrically insulates metal, rubber, and 2F136 odorless, nonstaining oil loosens nuts and bolts
plastic parts. Can also be used as a mold and lubricates to reduce sticking, binding, and 19C659
release agent. 5E201
squeaking on bottling equipment, conveyors,
Max. Min. food service racks, slicers, and other equip-
NLGI NSF Grease Container Container Operating Operating Item
Grade Rating Color Type Size Temp. Temp. No. ment. Safe on most surfaces. Silicone- free and
CRC® Dielectric Grease VOC-free. No chlorinated solvents.
H1 Food Aerosol Container Mfr. Item
2 Clear 10 oz 400 °F -70 °F 2F136
Grade Can Description Size Color Model No.
Loctite® LB 8801 Dielectric Grease CRC® 11 oz Clear 03081 2F132
— Not Rated Clear Tube 5.3 oz 400 °F — 5E201 LPS® with DETEX® 11 oz Clear 01316 19C659

White Lithium Grease

Formula offers superior lubrication and durability in any weather. An excellent bearing
break-in lube and a general purpose lube and corrosion inhibitor for tools, machinery,
equipment, guide rails/tracks, hinges, latches, chains, and cables.
Max. Min.
NLGI NSF Grease Lubricant Base Grease Container Operating Operating Item
Grade Rating Thickener Additives Oil Color Size Temp. Temp. No.
H2 No Food
2 Lithium Zinc Lithium Stearate White 10 oz 300 °F 0 °F 4ZF09
Contact

Mobilgrease® XHP 222 Multipurpose Grease

Provides lubrication and oxidation stability plus rust, corrosion, and water resistance. Use for auto-
motive, construction, and marine applications, and on chassis components and farm equipment.
Max. Min.
NLGI Grease Base Grease Container Container Operating Operating Mfr. Item
Grade Thickener Oil Color Type Size Temp. Temp. Model No.
2 Lithium Complex Mineral Blue Cartridge 13.7 oz 284 °F 0 °F 121929 1MUC1

Polyrex™ EM Electric Motor Bearing Grease

Super-premium grease is formulated for electric motor bearings, particularly vertically mounted
bearings or very large motors that may require stiffer grease consistency.
Max. Min.
NLGI Grease Grease Container Container Operating Operating Mfr. Item
Grade Thickener Color Type Size Temp. Temp. Model No.
2 Polyurea Blue Cartridge 13.7 oz 320 °F -4 °F 124050 5XB54

Nickel Anti-Seize Compound

Compound can be used to prevent galling of mating surfaces on stainless steel fasteners,
improving corrosion resistance, or providing a barrier to seal out water.
Max. Min.
Base Physical Container Container Operating Operating Mfr. Item
Composition Form Type Size Temp. Temp. Model No. .6111”
Nickel Paste Brush-Top Can 8 oz 2,400 °F -20°F 235028 4KM51 SPINE
safe area

70 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) PNEUMATICS

Impact Wrench
• Max. psi: 90
• Standard anvil Right Angle
2145QiMAX Impactool™ with 3⁄4” drive has Die Grinder
a pistol grip with trigger finger that makes it 300 Series right angle grinder provides easy access in confined
easy to deliver power in challenging applica- areas. Grinds and breaks up sharp edges, deburrs, ports, and
tions. The efficient air motor helps reduce air polishes. Easy-to-use integral safety-lock throttle lever helps
consumption and downtime. Designed to with- prevent accidental start-up. Front exhaust helps keep your work
stand rough use in rugged or harsh environments. surface clean. Durable ball-bearing construction and strong
Ideal for general duty industrial applications. aluminum housing improves balance and reduces vibration.
Torque Max. Mfr. Item Note: Make sure that the carbide burr or grinding stone selected has the
Range Torque Air Inlet Retainer Type Model No. proper rating and spindle size. Not to be used with cutoff wheels.
200 to 900 1350 ft.-lb. 3⁄8in NPT Friction Ring,
ft.-lb. Female Through Hole 2145QIMAX 13E913 Average CFM CFM Right
Free @ 15-sec. @ Full Angle Overall Mfr. Item
HP Speed Collet Run Time Load Length Length Model No.
0.25 21,000 1⁄4 in 6.0 24.0 2 5⁄32 in 5 1⁄4 in 301B 23Z008
hp RPM

Industrial Duty Pneumatic Caulk Gun

Needle and Chisel • Aluminum construction
Scaler Kit • Max psi: 100
• Required pressure: 90 psi • Air inlet: 1⁄4" NPT
• Air inlet: 1⁄4" NPT Built-in true adjustable air regulators
Needle scalers are great for removing rust, paint, dirt, and weld allow efficient control and dispensing at a
on metal surfaces, even in tight spaces, corners, or curved constant air pressure setting.
surfaces. Includes No. 3AAH7 Needle Scaler, (19) needles, flat An instant dump valve releases extra air
chisel, moil point chisel, angle chisel and case. for added safety. Silencer ensures quiet
operation for indoor use. Quick-release
Blows per Stroke Average CFM @ CFM @ Overall Item
Minute Length 15-sec. Run Time Full Load Length No. retainer.
4,600 bpm 1 17⁄32 in 3.2 13.0 18 in 3AAH6 Item
Cartridge Size Barrel Material Pressure Range Retainer Type No.
CFM @ Full Load is based on a 1-min. run time.
10 oz Aluminum 0 to 100 psi Quick Release 48K610

Polyurethane
Coiled Air Hose
Air Framing • Temp. range: -40° to 158°F
• Male Rigid x Male Swivel connections
Stapler
Transparent blue hose provides flexibility and abrasion
Trigger fires a burst of air to drive staples into materials. resistance. Will not mar or scratch surfaces. Resists kinking,
Air staplers are used in a variety of applications, including oil, grease, and moisture absorption.
roofing, upholstery, framing, flooring, sheathing, and siding. It
Hose Hose Max. Item
has a positive-locking depth of drive adjustment for consistently I.D. Length Fitting Size Pressure No.
flush drives. Staples sold separately. 1⁄4 in 20 ft 1⁄4 in x 1⁄4 in 125 psi 1VEK1
Item
Crown Leg Length Gauge Magazine Cap. No. Max. Pressure based on 3:1 safety factor at 75ºF. If hose is used in temp.
above 75ºF, it should be first tested for safety purposes in that environment.
1 in 5⁄8 in to 1 1⁄2 in 16 160 494M29 Hose burst pressure decreases significantly at higher temps.

Portable 115VAC Electric Oil-Free Air Compressor

• Starts at 100 psi
• 38-sec. recovery time
Take this portable electric air compressor to the jobsite, workshop,
or wherever it's needed. Oil-free pump helps reduce maintenance.
Full Load Overall Overall Overall Mfr. Item
.6111” HP Amps Tank Size Weight Length Width Height Model No.
SPINE 0.50 4.2 2 gal. 26 lb 16.5 in 8 in 16.81 in T-617 HDN 5Z683
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 71

PNEUMATICS

Rotary Screw Air Compressor w/Air Dryer

• Dedicated voltage ODP motors clean, dry air. Unit includes a rotary screw
• Full voltage starters compressor, refrigerated air dryer, mois-
Horizontal tank-mounted integrated ture separator, coalescing and particulate
compressor and dryer system provides filtration, receiver tank, and controls.
Input Full Load Max. (F)NPT Overall Overall Overall Mfr. Item
HP Voltage Phase Amps Pressure Tank Size Outlet Length Depth Height Model No.
10 460V AC Three 13.2 150 psi 80 gal. 3⁄4 in 71 in 29 in 67 in UP6TAS-10-150/80-460-3 1ZPT4

Compressed Air Dryer

The dryer provides continuous dry air to required to provide continuous-pressure
compressed air lines. dew point performance. Unwanted water
The compressor turns off during periods from the air is filtered through a timed
of reduced loads to match actual com- condensate drain.
pressed airflow, drawing only the energy
Max. Air
Compressor Full Load Max. Max. Inlet Pipe Overall Overall Overall Item
HP Voltage Phase CFM Amps ISO Class Pressure Temp. Size Height Width Depth No.
150 hp 460V AC Three 700 20 A 4 230 psi 120°F 3" NPT 62 in 42 in 40 in 2HUE4

Pneumatic Condensate
Heavy-Duty Drip Leg with
Separator
Automatic Float Drain
Features a centrifugal airflow pattern that
helps remove bulk contaminants from Attaches to vertical leg of air system to collect
the compressed air stream. Low pressure moisture and automatically evacuate liquids
drop. Separator has auto drain that auto- using integral float drain. Valve opens when
matically discharges condensate and dirt. system is unpressurized, allowing gravity
drainage. 6.61"H x 2.36"W.
Max. Flow Max.
NPT CFM @ Pressure Max. H Mfr. Item Max. Pressure Max. Item
Size 100 psi (psi) Temp. (in.) Dia. Model No. NPT (psi) Temp. (°F) No.
1⁄2 in 50 200 psi 150 °F 7.34 in 3.35 WSA-04-FM0 5Z771 1⁄2 in 250 psi 175 °F 4ZK11

Stationary ASME U Code Air Tank

• Max. working pressure: 200 psi
Air tank is designed to be used as air receiver only and can
be used in most commercial and industrial installations.
Dia. H C D E G BC J L Item
Cap. (gal.) (in.) (in.) Shell (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) NPT (in.) P NPT (in.) R NPT (in.) S No.
80 24 in 49.5 in 33.3 in 4.5 in 14 in 27 in 40 in 27 in 0.5 in 0.75 in 1 2 1⁄4 1YAC4

4JMH4 4JMG8

Transair® Pneumatic
Aluminum Tubing
Cylinders route compressed
Aluminum Tubing Fittings
air and inert gases through a Push-to-connect fittings are reusable and create instant
pneumatic system. Aluminum connections; no need to thread, solder, or glue pipe.
material is lightweight and resists Note: Additional sizes available on [Link]®.
corrosion. Item
Working Max. Vacuum Item Description For Tubing O.D. 1 Material No.
Outside Dia. Pressure (psi) L (in. Hg) No. 90° Elbow 25 mm Polyamide 4JMG8 .6111”
1 in 232 psi 9 ft 29 39⁄64 in 55EM25 Union Connector 25 mm Polyamide 4JMH4 SPINE
safe area

72 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) PUMPS & PLUMBING

Submersible Sump Pumps 2P551

• Max. temp.: 130°F Screenless suction inlet enables pumps to be used in areas with light
• 115V, single phase debris accumulation, where conventional sump pumps would clog
• Nonclog, vortex impellers or freeze up. Designed for dewatering/sump applications. Feature
dependable, hermetically-sealed and permanently lubricated motors
• Automatic operation
for long life. Motors are oil-filled for added heat dissipation. Rugged
cast-iron body for greater heat dissipation. Stainless steel hardware.
GPM of Water @
Total Ft. of Head
Pump Switch Discharge Max. Max. Dia. Mfr. Item
HP Type On Point Off Point NPT H Dia. Base Material Impeller Material 5 15 Head Solids Amps Model No.
3⁄10 Plastic with
Vertical 7 1⁄4 in 3 in 1 1⁄2 in F 10 1⁄16" 10 3⁄32" Polypropylene 43 19 19.0 ft 1⁄2" 9.70 M53 2P547
Metal Insert
1⁄2 Vertical 9 in 1⁄2
3 in 1 in F
1⁄2 12" 10 1⁄8" Cast Iron Plastic 72 45 23.0 ft 1⁄2" 9.40 M98 2P550
1⁄2 Vertical 10 in 2 3⁄4 in 1 1⁄2 in F 13" 11 3⁄4" Cast Iron Bronze, Cast Iron 90 58 26.0 ft 5⁄8" 10.70 M137 2P551
1 Piggyback Variable Variable 1 1⁄2 in F 12 3⁄8" 10 3⁄16" Cast Iron Thermoplastic 86 73 50.0 ft 3⁄4" 12.00 140-0029 19T426

Submersible Sump Pumps 3P640 3P639

• Max. temp.: 140°F Ideal for draining construction sites,
• 115V, single phase flooded basements, swimming
• Permanently lubricated motors pools, and window wells. Convenient
carrying handle eases transport.
• Nonclog impeller design
Cast-iron bodies.
• 9-ft. power cord
GPM of Water
@ Total Ft.
of Head
Pump Switch Discharge Impeller Max. Max. Dia. Mfr. Item
HP Type On Point Off Point NPT H Dia. Base Material Material 5 15 Head Solids Amps Model No.
1⁄2 Vertical 8 in to 11 in 2 in to 5 in 1 1⁄2 in F 11 5⁄64" 8 31⁄64" Polypropylene Nylon 67 52 36.0 ft 1⁄2" 6.50 511914 53DH06
1⁄2 Wide Angle Float 7 to 10 in 2 to 5 in 1 1⁄2 in F 11 5⁄32" 6 49⁄64" Polypropylene Nylon 67 50 30 ft 1⁄2" 8.00 511710 35LV01
1⁄3 None — — 1 1⁄2 in F 7 1⁄4" 9 1⁄2" Polypropylene Nylon 46 13 18.0 ft 1⁄8" 9.00 506271 3P640
1⁄3 Diaphragm 7 in to 10 in 1 in to 4 in 1 1⁄2 in F 6" 9 1⁄2" Polypropylene Nylon 46 13 18.0 ft 1⁄8" 9.00 506158 3P639

Submersible Dewatering and Utility Pumps

• 1-phase thermally protected motors Plastic (Valox) Housing No. 3P993—Pumps down
• Nonclog impeller to at least 3⁄8". Includes 3⁄4" garden hose adapter.
Pump cycles every 3 min. and shuts down after 5 3P993
Use to drain standing water in shallow areas such
as basements, window wells, sumps, rooftops, and sec. if unit senses it is not pumping water. Double-
construction and dump sites. insulated power cord and permanent-magnet
Aluminum Housing No. 2P352—Pumps down to 1⁄8". intermittent-duty motor.
Oil-filled, epoxy-coated cast-aluminum motor housing. Stainless Steel Housing No. 1XHV5—SJTW
3⁄4" garden hose adapter included. Continuous duty. line cord. Double Viton® seals for better chemical
Converts to automatic sump pump with optional compatibility.
switches Nos. 2P353 or 4RL50 (low level). GPM of Water @
Total Ft. of Head
Pump Pump Body Impeller Cord Max. Max. Dia. Max. Liquid Mfr. Item
HP H Dia. Material Base Material Material Voltage Length Head Solids Temp. 5 15 Brand Model No.
1/6 7 3⁄4" 6 1⁄8" Aluminum Nylon Nylon 115 18 ft 26.0 ft — 120 °F 18 14 Little Giant 505902 2P352
1⁄4 Glass Filled
7 3⁄8" 4" Valox Acetal 110 8 ft 15.0 ft 3⁄32" 104 °F 21 — Rule A53S 3P993
Nylon
Stainless 304 Stainless 304 Stainless
1 18 1⁄8" 10 3⁄8" Steel Steel Steel 115 20 ft 49.0 ft 3⁄8" 104 °F 90 69 Dayton 1XHV5 1XHV5

Self-Priming Sewage and Trash Pumps

• Temp. Range: 40° to 160°F simple installation and can be truckmounted.
• TEFC motor enclosure All include a suction strainer. No. 12N808 features a
Pumps have continuous-duty motors and internal cleanout with 2 twist knobs for easy access. Provide
check valves to handle high volumes of liquids support to such applications as process, liquid
containing sewage and other solids, up to 8% transfer, irrigation, clear or gray water, and sewage 12N808
max.; self-prime to 20 ft. They are close-coupled for treatment in industrial and commercial facilities.
Max. Max. Dia. Best Efficiency Item
HP Inlet Size Outlet Size Phase Voltage Amps Frame Head Solids GPM @ Head No.
3 2 in NPT 2 in NPT 3 208-230/460 8.3-7.6/3.8 56J 60 1 55 @ 39 ft 4YU36
.6111” 5 2 in NPT 2 in NPT 3 208-230/460 13.4-12.6/6.3 184JM 105 1 93 @ 66 ft 12N806
SPINE 10 3 in NPT 3 in NPT 3 208-230/460 25.6-24.4/12.2 215JM 109 1 1⁄3 250 @ 55 ft 12N808
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 73

PUMPS & PLUMBING

5FZU7 Electric Drum Pumps

Pumps transfer a wide range of fluids, including and 275-gal. totes. Include motor, hose, and
corrosive materials, from 30- and 55-gal. drums clamp. No. 5FZV8 is a replacement motor only.
Housing Max. GPM Max. Max. Max. Liquid Item
HP Material Wetted Materials for Water Head Viscosity Temp. No.
1⁄3 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel, ETFE, FKM, PTFE 17 20 ft. 300 cps 212°F212 °F 15R526
1⁄3 Polypropylene 316 Stainless Steel and PVC, FKM, 17 5 to 20 ft. 300 cps 160°F160 °F 5FZU7
/ PVDF Polypropylene, PTFE, PVDF
1⁄3 316 Stainless Steel and PVC,
Polypropylene 17 5 to 20 ft. 300 cps 150°F150 °F 5FZU5
FKM, Polypropylene, PTFE
Replacement Motor
4⁄5 Nylon 316 Stainless Steel, PTFE, FKM and PVC — 10 to 80 ft 500 cps 220°F 5FZV8

Piston Action Drum Pumps

4HA28
For low-viscosity fluids. Bellows-action siphon pumps can
transfer fluids to lower levels for simple transfer and emptying.
Discharge
Housing Discharge Max. Max. Liquid Suction Tube Discharge Tube Outlet Item
GPM Wetted Materials Material Piston Material Tubing Material Viscosity Temp. Length Tube Length OD Size No.
5 Polyethylene, Polypropylene Polyethylene Polyethylene Polyethylene 500 SUS 140°F 34 in 54" 1" 4HA27
7 Polyethylene, Polypropylene Polyethylene Polyethylene Polyethylene 500 SUS 140°F 34 in 54" 1 1⁄16" 4HA28

Rotary Drum Pumps

Self-priming and include bung adapter. See No. 38Y790—Features 3-pc. suction tube.
[Link]® for pump accessories. No. 38Y793—Includes PTFE O-rings and
No. 4VCR2—Designed with natural rubber seals and stainless steel discharge spout.
seals. Includes spout and suction tube.
Discharge Max. Suction Discharge Discharge
Housing Tubing Max. Liquid Tube Tube Tube Outlet Item
For Use With Wetted Materials Material Material GPM Viscosity Temp. Length Length OD Size No.
Acetal, Cast
Diesel, Kerosene, 10 GPM 18 3⁄16
Non Corrosive Media, Iron, Graphite, Zinc Plated 2,000
Cast Iron @ 120 250°F in to 7 31⁄64" 1 3⁄64" 4VCR2
Buna-N, Steel SUS
Oil based Media RPM 34 1⁄2 in
Paper, Steel
304 Stainless
Aggressive Chemicals Steel, Up to 7
such as Esters, Glass Filled 5,000
Glass Filled Polypropylene 304 SS GPM @ 140°F 42.1563 11" 1" 38Y790
Alcohols, Bases, SUS in
Polypropylene, 115 RPM
Hydrocarbons, Ketones PTFE, Ryton
304 Stainless 304 Stainless 304
4VCR2 Ketones, Solvents, Steel, PTFE, Stainless 12 @ 135 2,000 140°F 39 in 11 5⁄8" 1" 38Y793
Volatile Steel RPM SUS
PVDF Steel

Air Operated Drum Pump

3⁄4"
FNPT outlet, 30 to 150 psi working pressure. For dispensing
medium-viscosity oils up to 98.4 ft. Can be used with 55-gal. drums.
Max. Max. Suction
Housing Flow Liquid Tube Item
For Use With Ratio Wetted Materials Material Seal Material (gpm) Delivers Temp. Length No.
Medium to High Viscosity Oils (Up Aluminum, Brass, Nitrile Steel, Nitrile,
to SAE 130 Oils) for Dispensing 3:1 Rubber, Polyurethane, Aluminum, Polyurethane, 3.70 850 cps 140°F 37 3⁄8 in 5UWG8
Up to 30 Meters Away Steel, Turcite, Zinc Brass Turcite

Oil Transfer Pump

Self-priming pump with aluminum, cast-iron, nitrile valve setting. Can transfer viscous fluids at low
butadiene rubber (NBR), nylon, polypropylene, PVC, temps. Thermally-protected motor. Includes bung,
steel, and zinc wetted parts for transfer of antifreeze, 8-ft. discharge hose with dispensing nozzle, 34"
bulk oils, and hydraulic fluids. Internal bypass valve suction pipe, and 2" bung adapter for mounting
operates when discharge pressure exceeds bypass pump on drums or tanks.
GPM Max. Viscosity Item
Application HP Voltage Max. (SSU) No.
Antifreeze, Cutting Oils, Hydraulic Fluids, Liquid Soap, Non Flammable .6111”
1⁄2 hp 115 V AC 4 gpm 1,000 SUS 12F735
Oil Based Solvents, Oil based Herbicides, Oils, Synthetic Oils, Used Oil SPINE
safe area

74 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) PUMPS & PLUMBING

34TG62

Inline Water Dispensers

Free standing. Feature a stainless steel reservoir built-in safety float to help prevent overflowing.
for cold water and hot water (on models with hot Models dispensing hot water feature a child-resis-
water capability). Nos. 34TG61 to 34TG64 are tant hot water faucet.
bottleless and have a dual-float system with a
H W D Mfr. Item
Dispensing Temp. Color (in.) (in.) (in.) Voltage Model No.
Cold, Room Temperature White 43 7⁄8 in 13 in 12 13⁄16 in 120V AC POUD1SK 34TG61
Cold, Hot White 43 7⁄8 in 13 in 12 13⁄16 in 120V AC POUD1SHS 34TG62
Cold, Hot Stainless Steel 42 7⁄8 in 12 in 12 1⁄2 in 120V AC PSWSA1SHS 34TG64
Cold, Hot Black 43 7⁄8 in 13 in 29 3⁄8 in 120V AC POUD1SHS 45DL39

Heavy-Duty
Hose Reel Kit
Pull hose out to desired
length and it stays in
position; reel automati-
cally retracts with a slight Durastone®
tug. With 3⁄8" FNPT inlet, Mop Sink
heat-resistant handle, and 1-pc. molded basin of impact-resis-
adjustable hose bumper. tant Durastone® structural fiberglass
Includes multifit bracket with molded drain and drain seal for
for wall, ceiling, or under- 3" PVC, ABS, or iron pipe. Includes
counter mounting. stainless steel strainer.
Flow Mfr. Item Overall Overall Overall Mfr. Item
Reel Length Rate Includes Model No. Bowl Size Length Width Height Model No.
30 ft 4.28 gpm Spray Valve B-7222-C01 10C483 24 in x 24 in 24 in 24 in 10 in 63M 1RLN4

Hot Water Dispenser

Includes power cord and mounting hardware. 1⁄4" IPS water connection.
Dispenser Faucet Hole Dispenser Amps Mfr. Item
Thermostat Tank Size Finish Dia. Voltage Watts AC H W Model No.
Snap Action, 1 1⁄4 in to
0.7 gal Chrome 115V AC 750 W 6.25 A 5 4⁄5 in 6 in H-CLASSIC-SS 23NU44
Adjustable 1 1⁄2 in

Brass
Bronze Standard-Port Ball Valves
Instrumentation • 600 psi CWP; 150 psi SWP
Ball Valve • Temp. Range: -20° to 450°F
• 6000 psi at 100°F Heavy-duty cast bronze 2-pc. design with PTFE seats,
• Temp. Range: -65° to 350°F zinc-plated steel handle, blowoutproof, and adjustable
Excellent low-temperature performance and packing gland. Vacuum service to 29" Hg. Brass stem
quick 1⁄4-turn On/Off control. Free-floating ball and lever handle. For use in steam, water, oil, and gas
design extends seat life. Packing nut eases systems in commercial and light industrial applications.
inline adjustment. Valve is panel-mountable, Pipe Mfr. Item
with fracture-resistant nylon handle. Size Connec. Type Model No.
1⁄2in FNPT x FNPT 7010301 6KK49 6KK50
Item
.6111” Description Tube Size No. 3⁄4in FNPT x FNPT 7010401 6KK50
SPINE Brass B-Series - FNPT 1⁄2 in 2KLC1 1 in FNPT x FNPT 7010501 6KK51
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 75

HVAC & REFRIGERATION
Commercial Refrigerators
Include NSF-certified temperature gauge and a dynamic condenser that delivers
superior performance in high-temperature food service environments. Adjustable
shelves feature stainless steel supports and chrome-plated clips.
Refrigerator Door Mfr. Item
Description Std. Cap. H W D Style Includes Model No.
Solid, (4) Casters, (4) Chrome
Commercial NSF, UL 49 cu ft 78 3⁄8" 54 1⁄8" 29 1⁄2" Swing T-49-HC 6PPJ3
Plated Shelf Clips
Glass Door NSF, UL Glass, (4) Chrome Plated
49 cu ft 78 ⁄8" 54 ⁄8" 29 ⁄8" Swing
5 1 7 GDM-49-HC-TSL01 6PPK7
Merchandiser Shelf Clips
6PPJ3 6PPK7

Commercial Upright Freezer

Delivers superior performance in high-temperature foodservice environments.
Freezer lids include locks. Commercial grade freezer features heavy-duty casters.
Overall Overall Overall Item
Description Freezer Cap. Height Width Depth Color No.
Upright Freezer 23 cu ft 81 5⁄8 in 27 in 29 1⁄2 in Stainless Steel 6PPJ2

Industrial 2-Speed Mobile Air Circulators

• 115V ball bearing PSC motors Direct Drive—Motors are directly
• Heavy-duty tubular steel frame and housing connected to fan propeller, reduc-
• 7"-dia. rubber wheels for easy mobility ing maintenance and downtime.
Aluminum propellers.
Heavy-duty air circulators move high volumes of directed
air flow to keep workers comfortable and productive. 360º Belt Drive—Designed to operate
1YNW5 tilt, to direct air where needed. Use in factories, ware- at lower speeds to reduce overall
houses, loading docks, and auto shops. Include built-in sound levels. Heavy-duty, deep-
1YNW8 cord wrap and handle, and 9-ft., 3-cond. power cord. pitched steel propellers.
Blade CFM CFM Air Velocity Air Velocity Air Velocity Fan No. of Motor Motor Operating Max. Item
Dia. High Low @ 20 Ft. @ 40 Ft. @ 60 Ft. RPM Blades Encl. HP Amps H W Depth No.
Direct Drive
36 in 12,250 8350 390/340 fpm 250/190 fpm 150/75 fpm 850/750 3 Totally Enclosed Air Over 1⁄2 hp 5.3/4.7 40 5⁄16 in 46 in 20 1⁄4" 1YNW5
42 in 15,000 9000 480/370 fpm 325/210 fpm 230/80 fpm 825/600 3 Totally Enclosed Air Over 1⁄2 hp 5.5/4.9 46 5⁄16 in 51 1⁄2 in 20 1⁄4" 1YNW6
Belt Drive
42 in 18,000 10,000 220/160 fpm 100/50 fpm 50/05 fpm 360/260 5 Open Air-Over 1 hp 7.0/6.0 47 5⁄16 in 51 1⁄16 in 22 1⁄2" 1YNW8

Heavy-Duty Belt-Drive Exhaust Fan

• Mount: vertical for exhaust; horizontal Fan is designed for commercial and industrial applications that require high
for supply volumes of air at low to medium static pressures. Built with 6-blade heavy-duty cast-
• Regreasable, cast pillow block ball aluminum propellers, drive-frame channels, bearing plate, and motor plate. The variable
bearings pitch, adjustable motor pulley optimizes fan performance. Air handling-quality bearings
• Max. inlet/ambient temp.: 104°F meet a minimum of L10-100,000 hr. Included drive package comes with appropriate
motor, belt, and sheaves to obtain performance listed; packed separately.
CFM @ CFM @ CFM @ CFM @ CFM @ CFM @ Exhaust/ Sones @
Blade 0.000" 0.125" 0.250" 0.375" 0.500" 0.625" Supply Fan Fan 0.000" Max. Item
Dia. SP SP SP SP SP SP Motor HP RPM SP @ 5 ft. BHP No.
Totally Enclosed 3-Phase Motor 208-230/460V
50,124 48,408 45,926 42,953 40,218
54 in 36,437 10 hp 716 59 11.5 hp 7M8G4
cfm cfm cfm cfm cfm

CFM Air Delivery @ Static Pressure Shown Performance certified is for installation type A: free inlet, free outlet.
Max. BHP Power rating (BHP) does not include transmission losses. Performance ratings do not include the effects of appurtenances (accessories).
Sones sound ratings shown are loudness values in fan sones at 5 ft. (1.5m) in a hemispherical free field calculated
per AMCA Standard 301. Values are for installation type A: free inlet hemispherical sone levels.

Belt-Drive Wall-Mount Cabinet Exhaust

and Supply Fans
• 3-phase motor, 208-230/460V Fully assembled fan packages for through-
• Regreasable cast pillow block ball bearings the-wall installation have open drip-proof
• Max. inlet/ambient temp.: 104ºF motors. Variable pitch, adjustable motor
1AHD6 pulley optimizes fan performance.
CFM @ CFM @ CFM @ Exhaust/ Sones @
Blade 0.000" 0.125" 0.250" Full Load Supply Fan Max. Fan 0.125" Item
Item Dia. SP SP SP Amps Motor HP BHP RPM SP @ 5 ft. Dim. A Dim. B No.
Exhaust Fan 48 in 23,174 cfm 19,870 cfm 15,154 cfm 6.0-5.6/2.9 2 hp 2.31 hp 445 20 54 1⁄4 in 36 5⁄8 in 1AHD6
Supply Fan 48 in 23,177 cfm 19,858 cfm 15,591 cfm 6.0-5.6/2.9 2 hp 2.31 hp 440 19.9 54 1⁄4 in 36 5⁄8 in 1AJB1
CFM Air Delivery @ Static Pressure Shown Performance certified is for installation type A: free inlet, free outlet.
Max. BHP Power rating (BHP) does not include transmission losses. Performance ratings include the effects of bird screen and damper in the air stream. .6111”
Sones sound ratings shown are loudness values in fan sones at 5 ft. (1.5m) in a hemispherical free field calculated per AMCA SPINE
Standard 301. Values shown are for installation type A: free inlet hemispherical sone levels. safe area

76 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) HVAC & REFRIGERATION

Keep Your Facility Cool and Comfortable

for Workers and Guests 40JJ48

Jetstream™ Portable Evaporative Coolers

Versatile coolers can generate substantial airflow and liquid level indicator, low water shutoff, ELCI/GFCI
provide superior cooling options for a number of work plug, dual water fill, and extra large drain.
environments. Features include molded-in handles,
Blade Air Cooling Water Mfr. Item
Dia. Flow Capacity Voltage Speed Amps Cap. H W D Model No.
36 in 12,500 cfm 3125 sq. ft. 115 V AC Variable 11.9 60 gal 77 in 63 in 30 in PACJS2601A1 40JJ48
48 in 22,500 cfm 5625 sq. ft. 115 V AC Variable 15.9 65 gal 90 in 78 in 36 in PACJS2701A1 40JJ49

Industrial/Commercial Unassembled 7K576

Evaporative Coolers
Blower wheel design with self-aligning water resistant water trough. Include drive
bearing for efficient, quiet operation. Durable pulley, aspen fiber evaporative pad, motor,
heavy-gauge galvanized steel cabinet and pump, float, and bleed-off kit.
Air Cooling Motor Pump Duct Opening Duct Opening Operating Item
Flow Capacity Voltage HP Voltage H W D Length Width Weight No.
16,000 cfm 10,000 sq. ft. 208-230/460V AC 2 115 61 1⁄4 in 62 in 62 in 31 3⁄4 in 31 3⁄4 in 940 lb 7K576
21,000 cfm 10,000 sq. ft. 208-230/460V AC 5 115 61 1⁄4 in 62 in 62 in 31 3⁄4 in 31 3⁄4 in 983 lb 7K580

Portable Dehumidifiers
Move wherever needed to reduce moisture in indoor air. No. 55HE57—Use in areas with 55HE57
extreme moisture problems. Features
No. 4AYF4—Use in areas affected by water damage
a steel cabinet with an access
or flooding. Features a multifunction four-language
panel for cleaning coils, nonmarking
digital control panel, automatic purge pump, 40-ft.
wheels, and power cord storage. 4AYF4
drain hose, and built-in duct ring.
Capacity/24 Hrs. Capacity/24 Hrs. Mfr. Model Item
Item @ 60% RH @ 90% RH Amps H W D Brand No. No.
Industrial Dehumidifier 64 pt 145 pt 6.4 A 32 in 20 in 19 1⁄2 in Dri-Eaz F203-A 4AYF4
Industrial Portable Dehumidifier 85 pt 165 pt 5.6 A 43 3⁄8 in 22 7⁄8 in 24 in Dayton 55HE57 55HE57

Air Curtain
• Hardwired
Stabilize environments and save energy by minimizing the loss of heated or air conditioned air through
open doorways. Effectively repels flying insects, dust, and pollutants, and helps eliminate the need for
plastic-strip doors over walk-in coolers or food processing areas. Recess-mount in ceiling. Designed to
fasten to a wall on both ends without intermediate support. Requires field-supplied mounting hardware.
Air Curtain Max. Max. Mounting Air Curtain Air Air Curtain dBA Max. Mfr. Item
Door Width Height Volume @ 10 Feet No. of Motors Amps Model No.
3 ft 10 ft 1379 cfm 66 dBA 1 5.1 STD236-1UA-OB 32V362
dBA is measured at 10 ft. from the nozzle in an open field. STD2, PH10, N2, NH2, and HV2 are CFM ratings shown and are based on tests and procedures performed
in accordance with AMCA Publication 211.

Climate Pro X Series Portable Air Conditioner

Provide cool, dehumidified air anywhere.
Portable conditioner cools people, assembly lines, and critical processes.
Features weekly schedule programming capability.
Ambient Max.
BtuH Sound Operating Max. Supply Exhaust NEMA Plug Mfr. Item
Cooling Voltage Phase Amps Watts Level dBA Range Hose Length Hose Length Configuration H W D Model No.
13,200 115V AC 1 11 A 1,300 W 60 70° to 113°F 30 ft 60 ft LCDI, 5-15P 48 in 22 in 29 in Climate Pro X14 54ZV24

OEM Specialty Blowers

Open PSC motor has cast-aluminum end shields for greater heat dissipation, 1TDP3 1TDR3
resulting in less downtime and longer service life. Ball bearings.
Note: Not for use with speed controllers.
CFM Air Delivery @ Static Pressure Shown
Full Load Thermal Item
0.000" 0.100" 0.200" 0.300" 0.400" 0.500" Voltage Phase Amps Hz Protection Conduit Box No.
Round Outlet with Mounting Flange
75 71 68 66 61 56 115V AC 1 0.45 50/60 Auto Yes 1TDP3
.6111” Rectangular Outlet with Mounting Flange
SPINE 273 245 230 210 183 135 115V AC 1 0.77 50/60 Auto Yes 1TDR3
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 77

HVAC & REFRIGERATION
Electric
Wall Heaters
Standard-Capacity Excellent for light-duty commercial and residential
Pleated Air Filters applications.
• Rated to 180ºF No. 3UG56—Includes an integral 2-pole thermo-
Standard capacity, MERV 7 stat. Features a built-in thermal cutout and fan
2W233
filters are 5 times more delay switch for added safety during maintenance.
efficient than fiberglass filters; help improve
Nos. 5ZK66 and 5ZK68—Compact fan-forced
air quality and keep resistance within
3UG56 heaters with built-in thermostat feature fast heat
reasonable operating limits. Moisture-
response.
resistant die-cut frame and 100% synthetic
media. Wire-backed design. 5ZK68 Note: Do not install heaters behind towel rack, behind
doors, or in floors.
Nom. Nom. Nom. Item Wall Wall
H W D No. Heater Amps Opening Opening Item
16 in 25 in 2 in 2W231 Watts Voltage AC Height Width Color No.
20 in 20 in 2 in 2W232 3000/1500, 4000/2000 208/240 V AC 14.5/7.2, 16.7/8.3 18 1⁄4" 14 5⁄8" White 3UG56
20 in 25 in 2 in 2W233 750/1000 208/240 V AC 3.6/4.2 12 5⁄8" 9 3⁄16" Stainless Steel 5ZK66
24 in 24 in 2 in 2W235 1500 120 V AC 12.5 12 1⁄2" 9 1⁄4" White 5ZK68

Portable Electric Salamander Heaters

Fan-forced air provides clean, odor-free specified amount. They have automatic
tempered heat. overheat protection to prevent damage to
Heaters work in enclosed spaces the unit.
and raise the area's temperature by a
BtuH Heater Amps Air Temp. Item
kW Output Voltage Phase AC Rise H W D Brand No.
9 30,717 240 V AC 1 38.0 35 °F 38 1⁄2" 23 1⁄4" 21 1⁄2" Fostoria 20HN58
10 34,130 240 V AC 1 42.0 39 °F 39" 23 1⁄4" 21 13⁄32" Fostoria 3LY28
1RKT2 15 51,180 240 V AC 3 36.0 116 °F 38 1⁄2" 28" 21 19⁄32" Dayton 1RKT2
5JNK8 45 163,776 480 V AC 3 54.2 64 °F 42" 30" 30" Fostoria 5JNK8

Electric Infrared Heaters

Quietly warm people and objects without areas like entrances, patios, and bus
taking up floor or wall space. shelters. They suspend from the ceiling
Heaters withstand rain and provide snow and may also mount on the wall with a
2KDA9 and ice control and are used to spot heat bracket.
BtuH Heater Amps @ No. of Mfr. Item
Watts Output Voltage 1 Phase H W L Lamps Model No.
Indoor/Outdoor, Quartz Tube
1500 5120 120 V AC 12.50 6 1⁄2" 5 3⁄8" 44 3⁄8" 1 OCH-46-120V 2KDA8
3000 10,236 208 V AC 14.40 6 1⁄2" 5 3⁄8" 55 3⁄8" 1 OCH-57-208V 2KDA9
Tubular Heater 3000 10,236 240 V AC 12.50 6 1⁄2" 5 3⁄8" 55 3⁄8" 1 OCH-57-240V 2KDC1
Element Electric Infrared Tubular Heater Element for Mfr. No. OCH-57
3000 208 V AC 671-5060 1UMN7
3000 240 V AC 671-3786 1UMN8

Cabinet Unit Heaters

These electric heaters use
fan-forced heat and are larger
than other wall heaters, so Air Wattage Mfr. Item
they have a greater capacity to Flow Output Voltage Amperage Model No.
produce warm air in a shorter 250 cfm 5kW 480 V AC 6A CUS93505483FFW 785TJ6
amount of time. 500 cfm 10 kW 480 V AC 12 A CUS94510483FFW 785TJ9

Wi-Fi-Capable Thermostat
Easily access and adjust your heating and cooling non-programmable mode. Thermostat can be used
system via PC, smartphone, or tablet PC. Allows with up to 2 heat/2 cool conventional systems or up
local programming and you can select 7-day or to 3 heat/2 cool heat pumps.
Temp.
Stages Stages Programs Settings Terminal Power Foot- Mfr. Item
Heat Cool per Week per Day Designations Method notes Model No.
3 Heat Pump or C, G, K, L, R, RC, W-O/B, Hardwired 2, 3, 6, 8 TH9320WF5003 30ZZ03
2 7 4 .6111”
2 Conventional W2 (AUX/E), Y, Y2
SPINE
Footnotes: 2—Programmable fan feature. 3—Low battery indicator. 6—Automatic changeover. 8—Control lockout. safe area

78 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) FASTENERS

11K309
3 in 4 in 5 in 6 in
Steel Toggle Anchor LENGTH LENGTH LENGTH LENGTH
Thread Drill Pkg. Item Item Item Item
Bolt Anchors Size Size Wing Span Qty. No. No. No. No.
Spring-type wing with combo head screw #6-32 1⁄2 in 1.5 in 50 11K302 11K303 — —
is easy-to-install. Use for light-duty applica- #10-24 9⁄16 in 2 in 50 11K305 11K306 — —
1⁄4"-20 11⁄16 in 2 in 50 11K309 11K310 11K311 11K312
tions such as block, drywall, hollow walls,
3⁄8"-16 1 in 2.875 in 25 11K313 — — —
ceiling, and steel construction.

Hex Washer Head

Pkg. Item
Masonry Anchors Anchor Dia. L Qty. No.
Easy-to-install anchors can be quickly Tapcon® Red Head, Hardened Steel
3⁄16 in 1 1⁄4" 100 4AK81
4AK81
removed. Notched high-low threads cut
3⁄16 in 1 3⁄4" 100 4AK82
into masonry for greater stability and
3⁄16 in 2 1⁄4" 100 4AK83
pull-out values. Tapered shank provides
3⁄16 in 2 3⁄4" 100 4AK84
a wedging action for a strong, reliable
1⁄4 in 1 1⁄4" 100 4AK86
hold. Accommodate close-to-edge
1⁄4 in 1 3⁄4" 100 4AK87
applications. Superior pull-out and shear
1⁄4 in 2 1⁄4" 100 4AK88
strengths. Ideal for wood-to-concrete
1⁄4 in 2 3⁄4" 100 4AK89
applications. Drill bit supplied in box of
1⁄4 in 3 1⁄4" 100 4AK90
100 each.

Trubolt® Wedge Anchors

• For use in concrete Fully threaded with 1-pc. wraparound stainless steel expander clip. For
• For increased load value, continuous low-temperature applications, use stainless steel anchors.
Include nut and washer. 2G576
use deeper embedment
In 4000 psi Concrete
• Non-seismic rated Anchor Min. Ultimate Ultimate
Dia. Embedment Tension (lb.) Shear (lb.)
Anchor Thread Max. Work Material Fastener Pkg. Mfr. Item
1⁄4" 1 1⁄8" 1780 1400
Length Length Thickness Grade Finish Qty. Model No.
3⁄8 in Anchor Dia. 3⁄8" 1 1⁄2" 2240 2620
3 3⁄4 in 2 1⁄2 in 1 7⁄8 in 304 Plain 50 WW-3836 2G576 1⁄2" 2 1⁄4" 5100 4760
5 in 3 3⁄4 in 3 1⁄8 in 304 Plain 50 WW-3850 2G578 5⁄8" 2 3⁄4" 7180 7190
1⁄2 in Anchor Dia. 3⁄4" 3 1⁄4" 10,840 13,720
4 1⁄4 in 2 3⁄4 in 1 1⁄2 in 304 Plain 25 WW-1242 2G564 7⁄8" 3 1⁄4" 7120 7180
5 1⁄2 in 3 in 2 3⁄4 in 304 Plain 25 WW-1254 2G566 1" 4 1⁄2" 22,820 20,180

Drywall Anchors
Preserve drywall integrity at installation and when screws are removed.
These anchors are easily backed out. The deep thread provides strong engagement 11K352 38VC33
in drywall. No predrilling or hole preparation necessary.
Pkg. Item
Screw Size Grip Range Includes Anchor Material Qty. No.
Self-Drilling Drywall Anchors
#6 to #10 3⁄8to 1⁄2 in — Plastic 100 11K352
#6 to #10 3⁄8to 5⁄8 in — Zamac 100 38VC32
#6 to #10 3⁄8 to 1 in Anchors and Screws Zamac 25 38VC33

Conical Screw Anchors

• Plastic
Corrosion-resistant anchors are for light-duty
applications in hollow walls, brick, and block.
24/7 EMERGENCY SERVICE
Pkg. Item
When you need products in a pinch, count on our After Screw Size Drill Size Qty. No.
Hours Emergency Service to open the Grainger branch Hollow Wall Anchor
nearest you any time of day or night (a $50 fee may apply). #6 3⁄16 in 100 40L970
#6 to #8 3⁄16 in 100 11K367
> After hours, dial 1-800-CALL-WWG
#8 3⁄16 in 100 40L971
#8 to #10 3⁄16 in 100 11K368
#10 1⁄4 in 100 40L969
11K367
#10 to #12 1⁄4 in 100 11K369
.6111” #14 5⁄16 in 50 40L972
SPINE #14 to #16 5⁄16 in 50 11K370
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 79

FASTENERS

2MUJ2

2ZDK3
2WZL1

S-Hooks
• 316 stainless steel Cotter and Clevis Pins
Sturdy zinc-plated carbon steel hooks are excellent for Standard Clevis Pins—Flat-headed pins have a hole drilled in
hanging light ceiling fixtures, or for canvas tie-downs. the opposite end. Note: 316 stainless steel and plain finish steel
Max. Working Pkg. Item clevis pins are also available.
W L Load Qty. No.
Open Eye S Hook
Cotter Pins—Note: 316 stainless steel and brass pins and bulk
17⁄32 in 1 in 16 lb 50 2ZDK3 packaging also available.
23⁄32 in 1 1⁄2 in 26 lb 10 2ZDK4 Pin Usable Pkg. Item
7⁄8 in
Description Dia. L Length Qty. No.
1 3⁄4 in 40 lb 10 2ZDK5
Clevis Pin—1010/1018 3⁄8
1 in 2 1⁄8 in 55 lb 10 2ZDK6 in 1 1⁄8 in 57⁄64 in 25 2MUJ2
Steel, Zinc-Plated
1 in 3 in 130 lb 10 2ZDK7 Cotter Pin—Low Carbon 3⁄16 in 3" — 50 2WZL1
1 3⁄4 in 3 1⁄2 in 160 lb 10 2ZDK8 Steel, Zinc-Plated

6EE42

26LF62
Threaded Rods
• Right-hand thread
Fully threaded rods can be used for hanging, mounting, bracing,
supporting, and fastening in plumbing, heating, electrical, Metric Alloy Steel Flat-Head and
construction, and fabrication applications.
Button-Head Cap Screws
Item
Dia./Thread Size L No. • Right-head thread
Grade A Steel Zinc Plated Finish Pkg. Item
3⁄8"-16 6 ft 4FGN8 Description L Qty. No.
1⁄2"-13 6 ft 4FGP1 M6-1.00 Thread, 4 mm Drive
Low Carbon Steel Zinc Plated Finish Flat-Head—A2 Stainless Steel Plain 20 mm 50 26LF62
3⁄8"-16 12 ft 10P576 Button-Head—10.9 Steel Black 12 mm 100 6EE42

Pkg. Item
Fits Bolt Sizes Outside Dia. Thickness Qty. No.
Low Carbon Steel Zinc Plated Finish
1⁄4 in 3⁄4" 0.0625 in 100 1JY29
5⁄16 in 7⁄8" 0.0781 in 100 1JY31
3⁄8 in 1" 0.0781 in 100 1JY33
7⁄16 in 59⁄64" 0.0625 in 50 1JY76
1⁄2 in 1 3⁄8" 0.109 in 50 22UE24
Flat Washers 5⁄8 in 1 3⁄4" 0.134 in 25 22UE26
Flat Washers 316 Stainless Steel Plain Finish
5⁄16 in 11⁄16" 0.065 in 50 1NU77
Feature 2 flat surfaces for distributing the force/stress of a nut
3⁄8 in 13⁄16" 0.065 in 50 1NU78
or bolt. They also help to reduce friction and heat during the
1⁄2 in 1 3⁄8" 0.109 in 25 22UE44
installation of a threaded fastener.
18-8 Stainless Steel Plain Finish .6111”
Note: Bulk quantities of some sizes are available on SPINE
1⁄4 in 5⁄8" 0.047 in 50 22UF96
[Link]®. safe area

80 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) PAINT, EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES

Protect Floor Surfaces and Help

Prevent Slip-and-Fall Accidents
3JW47

Anti-Skid
Paints
• Dry time: 6 hr. Gloss Epoxy Floor Coatings
Safe-Stride acrylic paints provide safe • 6700 System Concrete Saver® 200 Anti
traction for pedestrian traffic. Apply with
brush or roller on bare wood, concrete, • Dry time: 16 hr Skid Floor Coating Additive
primed metal, asphalt, marble, stone, and • VOC content: <50 g/L Can be mixed directly into the floor
other surfaces. For use on concrete and in high-traffic coating or broadcast by hand. Interior or
Item areas. Includes base and activator. exterior use.
Color Coverage No. Item Item
Gray 100 to 125 sq ft 3JW47 Color Coverage No. Color Size Coverage No.
Black 100 to 125 sq ft 1AJZ3 Navy Gray 135 to 195 sq ft/gal 52LC65 Off-White 1 lb 1 lb/gal 6A936

Anti-Slip
Spray Paint
• AS2100 system
• Dry time: 24 to 48 hr
4YNX8
Create a durable, slip-resistant surface Yellow 4YNY5
in minutes that resists cracking, peeling, Yellow 6GAN1
and mild chemicals. Ideal for use on White
stairs, pool decks, ramps, and walkways. 3EHH7
Yellow
17 oz. net weight. Traffic and Zone
Color Coverage
Item
No. Marking Paints
Yellow 14 sq ft 4MG63 • Coverage: 420 linear ft. per 4" stripe
Apply with a brush, roller or spray machine on
asphalt, concrete, and brick surfaces. Excellent for
painting centerlines, fire lanes, crosswalks, aisles,
5A261 and similar markings on roads, airport runways,
running tracks, and parking lots.
Alkyd—Heavy-duty, high-viscosity coating for strip-
ing and restriping new or old asphalt and concrete.
Similar to chlorinated without the added rubber. Dry
time: 1 to 2 hr. 3EHJ6
Chlorinated Rubber—Made with real rubber for Toulene
superior wear resistance. Ideal for restrip- Item
Color Size No.
ing lines, crosswalks, airports, roads, Alkyd Traffic Marking
warehouse aisles, centerlines, heavy-traffic Paint, Low VOC
Paint Thinners areas, and concrete. Dry time: 30 min. Yellow 5 gal 4YNX8
Rust-Oleum® paint thinner is suitable for Fast-Dry Latex Acrylic—Provide quick Chlorinated Rubber Traffic
use with alkyd coatings, epoxy coatings, Marking Paint, Low VOC
turnaround and drive-on time. Dry time: 1 Yellow 5 gal 4YNY5
grease and oil removers, and adhesive hr.
removers. It also works well as a cleaner Fast-Dry Latex Acrylic
Traffic Marking Paint
for brushes, rollers, and spray equipment. Latex Acrylic—Water-based formula for
White 5 gal 6GAN1
VOC Item easy cleanup with mild soap and water.
Yellow 5 gal 6GAN2
Description Content Size No. Safe for freshly seal-coated surfaces and
Latex Acrylic Zone
333 VOC Compliant new or old asphalt and concrete. Dry time: Marking Paint
Thinner for Alkyds VOC Free 1 gal 3JR74 1 to 2 hr.
and Epoxies Yellow 1 gal 3EHH6
641 Alkyd Thinner for 759 g/L 1 gal 5A261 Sealer and Thinner—For use with alkyd Yellow 5 gal 3EHH7
.6111” Spray Applications Sealer and Thinner
SPINE
and chlorinated- based zone marking
190 Urethane Thinner 868 g/L 1 gal 5H949 paints. Toluene Solvent Paint ThinnerClear 5 gal 3EHJ6
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 81

PAINT, EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES

3WA86 3UW50 3TA37

3UW67

14C550
Paint Roller Covers
Adjustable Paint Roller Frames Super/Fab® Knit—Provides exceptional capacity with all flat
Mini Jumbo Koter™—Solvent-resistant plastic cage and extra- or satin paints, stains, and waterproofing. Resists matting for
smooth rolling action. complete coverage and smooth results. Polypropylene core
resists water, solvent, and cracking.
Sherlock®—Quick release retaining spring prevents roller slip-
page, yet allows easy, one-rap removal. Pro/Doo-Z® Woven—Shed-resistant for all paints, enamels,
primers, urethanes and epoxies. High-density white fabric
Premium Adjustable—Fits all standard roller covers from 12” stays resilient, resists matting for a smooth, professional finish.
to 18”. Universal threaded end is compatible with all extension Double-thick polypropylene core resists water, solvents and
poles. cracking.
Item
Description Roller Length Style Brand No. Pkg. Item
Mini Jumbo-Koter®™ 4 1⁄2 in, 6 1⁄2 in Cage Wooster 3WA86 Surfaces L Nap Qty. No.
Sherlock® 9 in Cage Wooster 3UW50 Super/Fab®
Premium Adjustable 12 to 18 in Yoke Purdy 14C550 Semi-Smooth 9 in 3⁄8 in 1 3UW67
Pro/Doo-Z®
Semi-Smooth 4 1⁄2 in 3⁄8 in 2 3TA37

3UW45 1TTX4

3UW74

Paint Brushes
Flat Sash—Use to paint trim and smaller, detailed areas. The
end of the bristles (known as the sash) are shaped for cutting in
the more delicate trim work.
Paint Tray and Liner 6WB45
Chip—Generally disposable brushes for touch-ups or one-
Paint Tray—Made of rust-resistant bright finish steel with a
time use projects. Besides paints and coatings, these durable
sturdy, ribbed roll-off area for even roller loading. Durable,
brushes hold up to epoxies, glues, resins, stains, paint remov-
welded legs help keep tray level.
ers, cleaners, and oils.
Brush Brush Bristle Bristle Handle Item Paint Tray Liner—Made of solvent-resistant PET. Form-fitting
Size Thickness Length Stiffness Material Brand No. design makes cleanup much easier and extends the life of the
Flat Sash paint tray.
2 in 1⁄2 in 2 7⁄16 in Soft Plastic Wooster 3UW22
Mfr. Item
2 1⁄2 in 7⁄8 in 2 15⁄16 in Firm Wood Wooster 3UW45 Item Cap. L W D For Use With Material Model No.
Chip Paint 1 qt 16 1⁄ in 11 in 2 1⁄ in GPT, R406-11 Steel R402-11 3UW74
2 2
Tray
2 in 5⁄16 in 1 1⁄2 in Soft Unfinished Wood Approved 1TTX2
Vendor Paint PET
Tray 1 pt 15 in 7 1⁄4 in 3 in — Recycled BR403-
3 in 3⁄8 in 1 1⁄2 in Soft Unfinished Wood Approved 1TTX4 4 1⁄2 6WB45
Vendor Liner Plastic

Drop Cloths
Trimaco—Economical and leakproof cloth is easy-to-use and great for light-duty jobs.
Approved Vendor—Washable, heavy-duty 8-oz. canvas. Double-stitched with mildew-
resistant thread. Finished hems and seams. Great for indoor and outdoor painting
projects.
Item
Description Material Color L W Thickness Brand No.
Economical Drop Cloth Low Density Polyethylene Clear 9 ft 12 ft 2 mil Trimaco 36ED25
Economical Drop Cloth Low Density Polyethylene Clear 10 ft 20 ft 1 mil Trimaco 36ED24
36ED24 Drop Cloth Canvas 12 ft 9 ft — Approved Vendor 5H908 .6111”
Runner Canvas 15 ft 4 ft — Approved Vendor 5H910 SPINE
5H908 safe area

82 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) OFFICE SUPPLIES

Compressed Air Dusters

Disposable aerosol duster provides
potent dust-removing power for almost
any task. 100% ozone safe.
Rechargeable industrial use canless air
system is a cordless electronic air duster
and replaces traditional canned air to
easily clean keyboards, servers, retail 40KJ50
displays, camera equipment, and circuit 39A090 39A089
boards. Lasts for 18 min. per charge,
which is equal to 2 to 3 cans of canned
air. Includes straws and charger.
Net Pkg. Item
Weight Qty. Brand No. Magnetic Platinum Reversible Boards
Aerosol Duster • Magnetic porcelain steel
10 oz 2 Dust-Off 40KJ50 Double-sided porcelain white gloss dry
10 oz 1 Dust-Off 40KJ49 erase board has anodized aluminum trim, Dry Dry
17 oz 2 Dust-Off 40KJ51 rotates 360®, and locks in place with the Erase Erase Item
17 oz 1 Dust-Off 40KJ48 turn of a knob. Includes full-length acces- Height Width No.
Canless Air System sory tray with perforated panel, molded 48 in 72 in 39A090
18.2 oz 1 Canless Air System 36P713 36P713 bumpers, and 3" locking casters. 48 in 96 in 39A089

Notebooks, Pads and Paper

All-weather notebooks shed water and let you write anywhere
in any weather. Copy paper can be used in copiers, laser print-
ers and plain paper fax machines. 3WHD3
Paper Number Pkg. Item
Sheet Size Weight Rule of Sheets Qty. Brand No. 35W814
Notebook
3 in x 5 in 20 lb Universal 50 1 Rite In The Rain 3WHD3
3 in x 5 in 20 lb Universal 50 1 Rite In The Rain 3WGW9
4 in x 6 in 20 lb Universal 50 1 Rite In The Rain 3WHD4
8 1⁄2 in x 11 in 24 lb Legal 70 1 Black N' Red 35W814
Notepad
5 in x 8 in 16 lb Narrow 50 12 Universal 35X118
8 1⁄2 in x 16 lb Legal 50 12 Universal 35X064
11 3⁄4 in
Multipurpose Paper
8 1⁄2 in x 11 in 20 lb — — 5000 Hammermill 15U643
35X064 15U643

2EJW2

2LTU6

Ballpoint Pens 2LTU5

Pkg. Item
Description Ink Color Point Size Qty. Brand No.
Ballpoint Pen 29PK94
Z-Grip™ Black 1.0mm 12 Zebra Pen 2EJW2
Retractable Ballpoint Pen
ComfortMate Ultra™ Blue 1.0mm 12 Paper Mate 2LTU6
Black 1.0mm 12 Paper Mate 2LTU5
ComfortMate Ultra™
Self-Stick Note Pads
Ideal for vertical and hard-to-stick places.
Pkg. Item
Size Rule Color Qty. No.
Sticky Notes
Chisel-Tip Dry Erase Marker 3 in x 3 in Unruled Yellow 18 29PK96
• Black Item 3 in x 3 in Unruled Yellow 12 29PK94
.6111” Description No. 3 in x 3 in Unruled Assorted Bright 5 2NU75
SPINE
Wipes off from most nonpourous
surfaces with one swipe. Low Odor 2LTN4 4 in x 6 in Ruled Yellow 5 2NU74
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 83

OFFICE SUPPLIES

Get the Supplies You Need to Keep Your Office Organized

15F552 45TT90 4TH70

Time Clocks
15F552 tracks employee time, performs job costing, or Item
date and time stamps documents. 45TT90 includes an Description W H D No.
atomic clock and 60 Hz frequency. Prints regular or military 3500 Series Time Clock, Digital LCD Display 6 in 3⁄8 5 in
3⁄4 7 in 15F552
time. 4TH70 features automatic or manual punch with PIX-95 Series, Digital LCD Display 6 3⁄4 in 6 1⁄8 in 6 7⁄8 in 45TT90
large analog dial. Prints regular or military time. TCX-11 Series 6 7⁄8 in 8 1⁄4 in 6 1⁄4 in 4TH70

Item
Description W H Color No.
Self-Adhesive
Top Load 5 in 8 in Clear 2TDC4
1⁄4" Grommet
Shop Ticket Stitched, Landscape 11 in 8 1⁄2
in Clear 4YNR9
Holders Stitched, Landscape 12 in 9 in Clear 4YNR8
Store and protect Stitched 9 in 12 in Clear, Neon Red 4YNR6
documents. Made of Stitched 4 in 6 in Clear 4YNT1
heavy-duty plastic Stitched 8 1⁄2 in 11 in Clear 2TDC3
to minimize rips and Stitched 8 1⁄2 in 11 in Black, Clear 1PRN5
2TDC4 4YNR8 Stitched 9 in 12 in Black, Clear 2TDC1
tears. Keeps materials
organized and all parts Stitched 6 in 9 in Clear 2TDC2
of a project together. Stitched 9 in 12 in Clear 1PRN9

Record Storage Boxes

Basic-duty boxes are designed for inactive files and ships with lid which is
attached then tears off for storage. Medium-duty designed for occasional access
to files and feature FastFold for quick, easy assembly. 2PWU6 and 2PWU7 have
smooth rolled edges to deter paper cuts and add strength. Heavy-duty designed
for durability and frequent use. Multilayered corrugate construction enhances
stacking strength. Reinforced handholes resist tearing. Features FastFold for
2PWX5 quick, easy assembly.
Stacking Item
Description Color File Size W H D Cap. Closure No.
Basic-Duty
Stor/File™ White Box/Blue Trim Letter/Legal 12 in 10 in 15 in 450 lb Lift-Off Lid 2PWX5
Medium-Duty
Stor/File™ White Box/Blue Trim Letter 12 in 10 in 24 in 650 lb Lift-Off Locking Lid 2PWU6
Stor/File™ White Box/Blue Trim Legal 15 in 10 in 24 in 700 lb Lift-Off Locking Lid 2PWU7
2PWU6
Heavy-Duty
2PWU4 R-Kive® White Box/Black Trim Letter/Legal 12 in 10 in 15 in 850 lb Lift-Off Locking Lid 2PWU4

Polypropylene
3-Ring Binders
Binders are made with polypropyl- Aluminum Clipboards
ene with an inner pocket on each and Storage Clipboards
side. Binders with view-sleeve cover Constructed from aluminum.
feature clear sleeves on the front, Storage clipboards feature a
back, and spine. compartment to help store and
Item 3XJH5 protect important items. Hold letter
Ring Size Durability No.
1GEH5 size documents.
3-Ring Binder w/Round
Ring & Plain Cover File Clip Item
Size Color W H Cap. No.
1" Standard 2LJJ5
CruiserMate II Storage Clipboard
™
3-Ring Binder w/Round Ring
& Clear Sleeve Cover Letter Silver 8 1⁄2 in 12 in 1⁄2 in 3XJH5
1" Standard 2LJH5 Metal Clipboards
1 1⁄2" Standard 2LJH7 Letter Silver 8 15⁄16 in 13 13⁄16 in 1 in 1GEH5
2LJJ5 Snapak® Storage Clipboards
2" Standard 2LJH9 1GEH6
3-Ring Binder w/D-Ring Ring Letter Silver 9 1⁄16 in 12 5⁄8 in 1⁄2 in 1GEH6
& Clear Sleeve Cover RediRite™ Storage Clipboards .6111”
1" Standard 2LJR3 Letter Silver 9 in 14 3⁄16 in 1 in 1GEH2 SPINE
1GEH2 safe area

84 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) FURNITURE, HOSPITALITY & FOOD SERVICE

Plastic Folding Chair

Powder-coated 18-gauge tubular
steel frame features two double-
riveted U-braces to securely
support the double-hinged legs.
The large seat and backrest are
made of comfortable contoured
color-impregnated plastic to
prevent fading and rusting.
Seat Frame Overall Overall Overall Weight Pkg. Item
Color Color Width Depth Height Cap. Qty. No.
800 Series
Black Black 18 3⁄4 in 20 3⁄4 in 29 3⁄4 in 480 lb 4 3KYG1

IndestrucTABLE TOO™ Folding Table

Sturdy commercial-grade table is ideal for indoor or outdoor
applications. Blow molded polyethylene top.
Tabletop Item
Shape
Rectangle
Color
Charcoal
L
72 in
W
30 in
H
29 in
No.
446V25
Flash Furniture®
Laptop Desk
Casters allow desk to roll to
different locations.
Two locking casters keep
desk in place while working.
Overall Overall Overall No. of No. of Item
H (in.) W (in.) D (in.) Color Casters Shelves No.
28 1⁄2 in to 38 1⁄2 in 29 1⁄4 in 17 1⁄2 in Cherry 4 1 420G82

Versa Products
11X407 Computer Cart
Cart includes keyboard shelf.
Movable cart features swivel
and lockable casters.
Overall Overall Overall No. of Caster No. of Item
H (in.) W (in.) D (in.) Color Casters Size (in.) Shelves No.
55 in 24 in 19 in Black 4 2 1⁄2 in 2 52JD73

File Cabinets
• Fire resistant 11X393
Fire resistant furniture ensures document safety.
Lateral and vertical files offer sturdy steel and gypsum
construction.
Choose from letter and legal/letter sized file cabinets.
Safco® Laptop Desk
Overall Overall Overall No. of Item
File Size Height Width Depth Drawers Color No. Keep equipment organized and
Lateral File out of the way during use.
Letter/Legal 40 1⁄4 in 37 1⁄2 in 22 1⁄8 in 3 Parchment 11X407 Wood and steel construc-
Letter/Legal 52 3⁄4 in 31 3⁄16 in 22 1⁄8 in 4 Parchment 11X399 tion can hold up to 100 lbs.
Vertical File Overall Overall Overall Item
.6111” Letter 27 3⁄4 in 17 3⁄4 in 25 1⁄16 in 2 Black 11X395 H (in.) W (in.) D (in.) Color No.
SPINE Letter 52 3⁄4 in 17 3⁄4 in 25 1⁄16 in 4 Black 11X393 49 in 29 1⁄2 in 22 in Gray 619T20
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 85

FURNITURE, HOSPITALITY & FOOD SERVICE

White Foam Disposable

Cold/Hot Cups Round
Standard white foam cups are an Paper Bowls
economical and efficient choice Bowls keep food hot or
for insulating beverages. cold in ready-to-serve
Pkg. Mfr. Item 15J135 20VG81 portions or carryout meals.
Cap. Qty. Model No. Microwave Pkg. Item
8 oz. 1000 8J8 1PTP7 Cap. Pattern Color Safe Qty. Brand No.
1PTN5 12 oz. 1000 12J12 1PTN5 12 fl. oz. Pathways White/Brown/Green — 500 Dixie 15J135
16 oz. 1000 16J16 1PTP1 20 fl. oz. Patternless White Yes 250 Approved Vendor 20VG81

52VG78 4CJ87

Dispenser Napkins
White dispenser napkins are a cost-effective option
for restaurants and cafeterias.
Napkin Napkin Folded Napkin Pkg. Mfr. Item
Description Ply Fold Type Dimensions Sheet Size Uses Dispenser Qty. Brand Model No.
Dispenser Napkins
HyNap® Tall Fold 1 Tall Fold 3 1⁄2 in x 6 1⁄2 in 7 in x 13 1⁄2 in Mfr. No. 50002 10000 Dixie Basic 33201 4CJ87
Mfr. No. 54223, 54510, 54510,
Dixie Ultra® Interfold Napkin 2 Interfold 5 in x 6 1⁄2 in 6 1⁄2 in x 9 7⁄8 in 54550, 54551, 54552, 54512 6000 Dixie 32006 52VG78

Round Disposable Plates

Single-use paper plate is a cost-effective choice for casual and outdoor service.
Microwave safe.
Foodservice Item
Size Pattern Item Weight Pack Count Packs per Case No.
15J138 8 1⁄2" Pathways Medium Weight 300 2 15J136
10 1⁄8" Pathways Heavy Weight 125 4 15J138

Luncheon and Dinner Napkins

6WA87 Luncheon napkins are poly wrapped and do not require a dispenser. Dinner napkins
are ideal for restaurants.
Napkin Napkin Napkin Folded Pkg. Mfr. Item
Style Ply Fold Type Dimensions Napkin Sheet Size Qty. Brand Model No.
16W474 Non-Dispenser Napkins
Luncheon 1 1⁄4 Fold 5 3⁄4 in x 6 1⁄4 in 11 1⁄2 in x 12 1⁄2 in 6000 Dixie 37707 6WA87
Approved
Luncheon 1 1⁄4 Fold 6 1⁄2 in x 5 3⁄4 in 13 in x 11 1⁄2 in 6000 Vendor 409347 16W474
8540-00- 54HD30
Dinner 3 1⁄2 Fold 4 1⁄4 in x 8 3⁄4 in 8 1⁄2 in x 16 in 2000 Ability One 276-7570

Disposable Dispenser Cutlery

Fork Knife Spoon Teaspoon
Foodservice Item Item Item Item
Color Item Weight Material No. No. No. No.
Disposable Dispenser Cutlery Refills, 960 per Pkg.
6ZCR1 Black Medium Weight Polystyrene 6ZCR0 6ZCR2 6ZCR1 —
Bulk Packaged, 1000 per Pkg. .6111”
15J147 15J154 SPINE
Clear Heavy Weight Polystyrene 15J147 15J154 — 15J174
safe area

86 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) FURNITURE, HOSPITALITY & FOOD SERVICE

40TU77 1BEY8
20VG61 4TDK7
45JR79
Coffee, Tea and Hot Chocolate
Individual
Beverage Coffee Roast/ Package Package Pkg. Item
Package Style Makes Tea Type Weight Net Weight Qty. Brand No.
Coffee 1BEZ5
Single Serve Cup 1 Cup Medium 0.02 oz. 2.37 lb. 110 9 To 5 Coffee 40TU77
Fraction Pack 8 to 10 Cups Medium 1.75 oz. 5.46 lb. 50 Iron Brew 20VG61
Fraction Pack 12 Cups Medium 1.50 oz. 3.93 lb. 42 Maxwell House 1BEY8
Filter Pack 12 Cups Medium 0.90 oz. 2.25 lb. 40 Folgers 4TDK7
Can 240 Cups Medium — 1.91 lb. 1 Folgers 45JR79
Tea
Tea Bag 1 Cup Black 0.08 oz. 8.00 oz. 100 Lipton 1BEZ5
Hot Chocolate 1BEZ2
Not
Packet 1 Cup 0.73 oz. 10.00 oz. 50 Swiss Miss 1BEZ2
Applicable

Sweeteners and Creamers

Pkg. Item
Description Size Qty. Brand No.
Sweeteners
Sugar Canister 20 oz 24 Office Snax 44NX60
Sugar Packet 2.8g 1200 Office Snax 23MJ48
Liquid Creamers
Individual Liquid Coffee 0.38 oz 200 Coffee Mate 1BEZ8
Creamer, Original
Individual Liquid Coffee 23MJ48
0.38 oz 200 Coffee Mate 4FCC6
Creamer, French Vanilla 44NX60 1BEZ8

Candy and Mints

Pkg. Item
Description Size Qty. No.
Candy
All Tyme Mix Candy 10 lb 1 40TU78
Soft and Chewy Candy 10 lb 1 40TU76
Tootsie Rolls 28 oz 9 23MJ57
Peppermints
40TU78 40TU76 23MJ57 484P88
Peppermint Puffs 10 lb 1 484P88

6T038 6T392
4GVY6
Professional Microwave Ovens
Feature automatic cook options that allow 1-touch cooking. Extremely durable hinges and handles that are suitable for high-volume
use. Stainless steel interior is designed without a turntable to promote even cooking and allow for easy cleaning. 120V.
Cooking Oven Power Outside Outside Outside Mfr. Item
Wattage Capacity Features Levels W H D Model No.
1,000 W 0.95 cu ft 10 Memory Presets, Compact Design, Digital Display 11 20 in
1⁄2 12 in
1⁄8 16 in R21LTF 6T038
.6111” 1,000 W 0.95 cu ft 10 Memory Presets, Compact Design, Dial Timer 1 20 1⁄2 in 12 1⁄8 in 16 in R21LCFS 6T392
SPINE 1,200 W 0.75 cu ft 10 Memory presets (100 Total), Compact Design, Defrost Setting 11 17 1⁄2 in 13 5⁄8 in 20 1⁄2 in RCD1200M 4GVY6
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 87

CLEANING

White

52RW81

Brown
Paper Towel Roll
• 7-7/8" Roll Width
All paper towel rolls are hardwound.
Pkg. Item
Roll Length Color Qty. No.
350 ft White 12 22P477
600 ft White 12 22P478
600 ft Brown 12 22P475
Pacific Blue Ultra™ 52RW78 800 ft
800 ft
White
Brown
6
6
22P479
22P476
Dispenser and Roll Towels
• 7 7⁄8" towel width
Dispenser—Provides hygienic, hands-free operation. Includes
batteries.
Paper Towel Rolls—Made specifically to be used with Pacific
Blue Ultra Dispensers; dispense one-at-a-time to help reduce
waste. High-capacity rolls lasts longer, requiring less mainte-
nance and reducing refill frequency.
4TH48
Mfr. Item
Description H W D Model No.
Dispenser
Automatic 16 4⁄5" 12 29⁄32" 9" 59590 52RW81
Pkg. Mfr. Item
Roll Length Color Qty. Model No.
Roll Towels, Core Dia. 1-14/25"
1,150 ft Brown 6 26495 52RW78

12G818
2U227

4TH59
Centerpull Hand Towels and Dispenser
One-at-a-time hands-free operation provides sanitary, contam-
ination-resistant dispensing. Ideal for facilities that demand
greater capacity and value.
Heavy-Duty TAD Towels—Quality towels are soft, thick, and
Folded Towels and Dispenser absorbent. Choose Regular for consistent-use areas, and Junior
Multifold — Interfolded for continuous for areas where saving space is critical.
one-at-a-time dispensing. 1-Ply Embossed Universal Towels—Ideal for washroom or
C-Fold — Specially designed for added workroom.
strength to reduce tabbing during Heavy-Duty TAD Dispenser—High-capacity unit is for use with
dispensing. Embossed patterns enhance Heavy-Duty TAD towels.
softness and absorbency. 1ECK4
Roll Roll Sheets Pkg. Mfr. Item
Number Folded Pkg. Item Description Length Width Color per Roll Qty. Model No.
Sheet Size of Sheets Ply Width Color Qty. Brand No.
Heavy-Duty TAD Towels
Multifold
Regular-Capacity 186 ft
7 in x 13 1⁄2 in 250 1 6 3⁄4 in White 40 Ability One 5LA76 8 in White 320 6 28124 4TH48
Towels
C-Fold SofPull® Junior 160 ft 7 3⁄4 in White 275 8 28125 1FC67
Georgia- 2U227 Capacity
10 1⁄4 in x 12 3⁄4 in 240 1 3 5⁄8 in White 10 Pacific 1-Ply Embossed Universal Towels
9 1⁄4 in x 10 1⁄4 in 200 1 10 1⁄4 in White 12 Ability One 3WE27 Acclaim® 1,000 ft 7 1⁄2 in White 1000 6 44110 12G818
9 1⁄4 in x 10 1⁄4 in 200 1 10 1⁄4 in Brown 12 Ability One 5MN34 Mfr. Item
Item Description H W D Color Model No.
Material Cap. H W D Color Brand No. Heavy-Duty TAD Dispenser
Surface Mount Folded Towel Dispenser .6111”
SofPull Regular- Translucent 58204
Capacity Dispenser 11 ⁄2"
1 9 1⁄4" 8 3⁄4" 4TH59 SPINE
Stainless Steel 14 1⁄2" 11" 4" Satin Tough Guy 1ECK4 Smoke
safe area

88 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) CLEANING

Wiping Cloth Rags

Reclaimed Cotton - T-Shirt rags are low lint with
high absorbency and used for Painting/Staining,
Oil/Grease applications.
New Cotton T-Shirt - Cloth rags are made from
virgin cotton material. Highly absorbent and soft, 9JZ92 5LVA9
use these cloths for wiping, staining, cleaning,
Cleaning Cloth Item
polishing and a multitude of general-purpose Condition Cleaning Cloth Style Material Color No.
tasks. 25 lb. Box
Cotton/Polyester - Cloth rags are made from Reclaimed T-Shirt Cotton Blend White 3U585
recycled t-shirts. Highly absorbent and soft, use New T-Shirt Cotton Assorted 9JZ92
these 100% recycled cloths for wiping, staining, New T-Shirt Washed Cotton White 16M204
50 lb. Box
cleaning, polishing, and a multitude of general-
Reclaimed Assorted Cotton Blend Assorted 5LVA9
purpose tasks.

4HP37

Foam Hand
Soap Refills
Specifically designed for
use with Gojo dispensers. 15E819
Dispensing valve is included. 1PKN8
Pkg. Item
Description Fragrance Size Color Qty. No.
LTX-12
4HP38
Shop Towels Foam Hand Soap
Enriched with A
Shop Towels—New cotton 14" x 14". Moisturizer, Natural Extract Unscented 1,200 mL Clear 2 15E819
and Skin Conditioner
Terry Cloth Towels—New cotton 14" x 17". ECOLOGO® Certified
TFX Series
Package Pkg. Item
Description Color Type Qty. No. Foam Hand Soap Skin
Conditioners, Touch
Shop Towels Red Bag 25 4HP37 Free Dispensing Refill
Terry Cloth Towels White Bag 12 4HP38 Cranberry 1,200 mL Purple 2 1PKN8
ECOLOGO® Certified,
USDA Certified
Biobased Product
Foam Hand Soap Fresh Fruit 1,200 mL Translucent 2 1PKN9
Vitamin E and Aloe Apricot

15E821

1PKP7

449W33

Hand Cleaners 43NT24

Soap Dispensers
Liquid soap uses scrubbing particles to wash away grease,
grime, and dirt from hands. Touch-free operation automatically dispenses the correct
amount of soap. Large sight window allows easy refill check.
Hygiene Hygiene Pkg. Item
Series Size Packaging Type Form Fragrance Qty. No. Mfr. Item
Cleanse Series Color Refill Size Model No.
.6111” 1 gal Jug Liquid Lemon 4 449W33
Heavy LTX-12 Black/Chrome 1,200 mL 1919-04 15E821
SPINE GreenLink 1 gal Squeeze Bottle Paste — 4 43NT24 TFX™ Dove Gray 1,200 mL 2740-12 1PKP7
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 89

CLEANING

Glass Cleaner
52CF87 3U560 Loosens soil upon contact. Removes fingerprints and smudges without
streaking or leaving a film. Can be used to clean chrome, stainless steel,
mirrors, ceramic tile, enamel, plastic, and other hard surfaces. Windex®
cleans with Ammonia-D® for a streak-free shine and contains no phosphates.
Pkg. Item
Description Size Qty. No.
Windex® Original Glass and Surface 23 oz. 8 52CF87
Cleaner, Trigger Spray Bottle
Windex Original Glass and Surface Cleaner, Refill Jug
® 1 gal. 1 3U560

3UP43
Air Fresheners
and Sanitizers
• Convenient aerosol spray
cans Lime Scale
Tough Guy® Air Freshener Removers
quickly eliminates unwanted
odors; leaves behind a clean Remove mineral
fragrance and no messy deposits, hard
residue. water stains, soap scum, and lime
2DBZ3
deposits. Safe on bathroom fixtures. 61LV30
Container Item
Fragrance Size No. Container Item
Bahama Description Size No.
10 oz 2DBZ3
Breeze Simple Green® Lime Scale Remover 32 oz 3UP43
2DCA2 Linen 10 oz 2DCA2 CLR® Pro Calcium, Lime and Rust Remover 1 gal 61LV30

1NFG8
3A349

Acid-Based
Toilet Bowl Cleaner
• 32 oz. Plastic Toilet Bowl Brushes
Hydrochloric acid formula All-plastic brushes will not rust.
2LEF7 removes mineral buildup. Overall Bristle Item
Cleaner kills germs, removes Brush Handle Style Length Material Bristle Color No.
stains, and controls odors 15 in Plastic White 1NFG8
Long Handle
and is ready to use and 20 in Coco Fiber Natural 3A349
2LEF5 doesn't require dilution.
Item
Description Color No.
Tough Guy Hydrochloric Acid-Based Blue 2LEF7
Tough Guy 23% Hydrochloric Acid-Based White 2LEF5

2ZXE5 2ZXE2

Urinal Screens
Scented urinal screens helps control odors
3EEE6
and assists in keeping urinals clean.
Urinal Floor Mat Pkg. Item
Gray mat has an apple fragrance. Description Fragrance Qty. No.
Pkg. Item Urinal Screens Cherry 12 2ZXE5
L W H Qty. No. Urinal Screens with Block Cherry 12 2ZXE2 .6111”
20 3⁄8 in 17 in 1⁄8 in 6 2LHJ9 Urinal Screens with Block and Enzymes Springtime 12 3EEE6 SPINE
safe area

90 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) CLEANING

The Tools You Need to Keep Your Facility Clean

1TYX8
2PYH5

5NY79

5M921

Looped-End Wet Mops

• Launderable
• Wet mop handles sold separately
Stitched tailband helps improve durability and extend service
Mop Bucket/Wringer Combos life. Multiple colors help avoid cross contamination.
Include casters for easy mobility and metal handle.
Antimicrobial—Mop heads feature 4-ply antimicrobial yarn
Mop Bucket/Wringer Combos—All-in-one compact design treated with a silver-based agent.
with integrated bucket and wringer provides effective wringing
and no lost parts. Built-in handle for easy lifting and emptying. Web Foot® Shrinkless Antimicrobial—Premium mops feature
4-ply material with cotton's absorbency, rayon's quick pick-up
WaveBrake® Bucket/Wringer Combo—Side wringer mop and water release, and the strength of a synthetic blend.
bucket reduces splashing for a safer environment, cleaner Prelaundered and preshrunk. Contain up to 80% recycled
floors, and improved productivity. Bucket and wringer are made content. Up to 75 launderings.
from structural web-molded plastic. Suitable for commercial
and industrial applications. Web Foot® Blend Antimicrobial—Cotton/synthetic blend
absorbs up to 5 times as much fluid as cotton mops. Open-
Item
Description Cap. Color Brand No. twist yarn reduces linting and prolongs mop lifespan. Contains
Mop Bucket/Wringer Combos up to 80% recycled content. Up to 75 launderings.
Combo with Side Pressure Wringer 8 3⁄4 gal Yellow Tough Guy 2PYH4 Dry Item
Combo with Down Pressure Wringer 8 3⁄4 gal Yellow Tough Guy 2PYH5 Description Size Weight Ply Color Brand No.
WaveBrake Bucket/Wringer Combos 5 in Headband
Rubbermaid Antimicrobial Rayon Medium 16 oz 4 Red Tough Guy 1TYX8
With Side Pressure Wringer 8 3⁄4 gal Yellow Commercial 5NY79 Rubbermaid
Web Foot Shrinkless
Products Medium 22 oz 4 Green Commercial 3U675
Antimicrobial Products
1 in Headband
Rubbermaid
Web Foot® Blend Large 28 oz 4 Green Commercial 5M921
Antimicrobial Products

22C608
Wet Mop Handle
With quick-change connection. Non-Solvent
Handle
Length Dia.
Handle
Material
Handle
Color
Item
No.
Cleaners/Degreasers
60 in 1 1⁄8" Wood Natural 1TZB1
Industrial cleaner and degreaser is a safer
alternative to toxic cleaners, bleaches, and
solvents, with a nontoxic, nonabrasive, and
noncorrosive concentrated formula that
cleans, degreases, and deodorizes without
harsh chemicals. Safe on all washable
surfaces. Can be used full-strength or in
Plastic Mop Bucket various dilutions.
HDPE bucket features pour spout
Recommended Container Container Item
and molded-in graduations for Description Dilution Type Size No.
more accurate measuring. Rust- Trigger Spray 24 oz 22C608
resistant handle with plastic sleeve. Bottle
Simple Green® Cleaner/ Jug 1 gal 22C609
Bucket/ Bucket/Pail Item 1:10 to 1:30
Degreaser, Sassafras
.6111” Cap. Pail Dia. Height No. Pail 5 gal 22C611
SPINE 3 1⁄2 gal. 12 in 11 1⁄4 in 3U660 Drum 55 gal 22C612
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 91

CLEANING

1VAJ8
3H388

Fine-Sweeping Floor Brooms

Brooms provide scratch-free sweeping on wood, ceramic tile, 39AR57
linoleum, smooth concrete, marble, and polished surfaces. Broom Handles
Flagged tips pick up small particles. For use with threaded With threaded acme tip. For use with floor and garage brushes,
handles. No. 3U767 includes a solid metal brace. industrial coatings, and general-purpose wash brushes.
Specific Bristle Broom Block Bristle Trim Item Broom Handle Tip Tip Item
Material Material Block Size Color Length No. Description Length Dia. Width Length No.
Flagged Synthetic Plastic 24 in Green 3 in 3H388 Tough Guy
Flagged Synthetic Wood 36 in Green 3 in 3U767 Bamboo Handle/Metal Tip 60 in 15⁄16" 0.7" 1" 1VAJ9
Bamboo Handle/Bamboo Tip 60 in 15⁄16" 0.7" 1" 1VAJ8
Michigan Brush
Wood Handle/Metal Tip 60 in 15⁄16" 11⁄16" 2 1⁄2" 39AR57

1VAC4

1VAJ7

1VAJ6
Brooms
Angled trim reaches under low
cabinets and into other hard-to- Dust Pans
reach places. Durable flagged fill.
Long Handled Dust Pan—
Bristle Overall Trim Sweep Item
Description Color Length Length Face No. Self-standing Lobby Dust
Angle Broom, Wood Handle Yellow 56" 7 1⁄2 in 12 in 1VAC4 Pan features rear wheels for
Angle Broom, Vinyl mobility, along with durable plastic
Yellow 56" 7 1⁄2 in 12 in 1VAC5
Coated Metal Handle construction.
Handheld Dust Pan—1-pc. plastic,
molded dust pan maintains a straight edge.
Overall Item
Description Length No.
Long Handled Dust Pan 37" 1VAJ6
Handheld Dust Pan 12" 1VAJ7

Sweeping Compounds
Oil-based compounds instantly
attract dust and dirt; help keep
particles from rising into the air and
diminish the inhalation of harmful
dust. Compounds with grit contain
sand, which acts as an abrasive
to loosen dirt and grime from work
floors. For use in the construction
industry, warehouses, boat yards,
factories, garages, and more. Floor Squeegee with Handle
Item Durable blade and tough steel frame help ease your cleaning
Material Color Weight No. chores. Includes a 60"L wood handle.
Gritted, Oil Based Green 100 lb 24WJ58 Squeegee Blade Squeegee Item
Gritted,Oil Based, Sand Red 100 lb 24WJ59 Material Squeegee Blade Width Blade Shape No. .6111”
Gritless, Oil Based Red 50 lb 24WJ57 Neoprene 24 in Curved 59JM37 SPINE
safe area

92 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) CLEANING

4W304 5DMX3

48XM31 5DMT9

55 gal. Round Utility

Trash Can and Lid
Round Can—Rugged, seamless, crush-resistant bin won't rust, 44 gal. Round Utility Trash Can and Lid
leak, or dent, even in extreme conditions. Venting channels Round Can—Molded with engineered resins, this gray recepta-
dramatically help reduce the force required to remove a filled cle features seamless, heavy duty, crush-resistant construction
can liner. for bulk collection in various industrial environments. Molded-in
Round Dome Top—All-plastic, professional-grade construc- handles help to make transporting easy, and the molded-in bag
tion will not rust, chip, or peel, and resists dents. The strong, cinch eliminates the need to tie knots in the polyliner to keep it
snap-on dome lid provides secure, stable stacking. secure around the receptacle rim.
Item Round Flat Lid—Designed to engage with the bottom of
Description Dia. H No.
the round receptacle, enabling receptacles to be stacked. It
Round Can 26 1⁄2" 33 in 48XM31
features seamless construction, and helps to prevent moisture
Round Dome Top 27 1⁄4" 14 1⁄2 in 4W304
accumulation.
Item
Description Dia. H No.
Round Can 24" 32 in 5DMT9
Round Flat Lid 24 1⁄2" 1 1⁄2 in 5DMX3

4PGU1

23 gal. Rectangular
Trash Can and Lid
Durable gray plastic rectangular
receptacle is sleek, seamless, and
easy to clean. Open top; self-closing
4PGU8 Container Dolly
swing lid sold separately. Attaches to a BRUTE® trash can to easily
Item create a mobile waste station.
Description L W H No. Load Mfr. Item
Rectangular Trash Can 20 1⁄16'' 11 5⁄16in 29 in
3⁄4 4PGU8 Description Capacity H Dia. Model No.
Swing Drop Top 20 3⁄8" 11 3⁄8 in 4 3⁄4 in 4PGU1 Container Dolly 250 lb 6 1⁄2 in 18 1⁄4" FG264000BLA 5W007

53PY39

Rectangular Rollout Trash Can

Rugged, seamless construction with a reinforced rim and smooth contours for easy cleaning.
Heavy-duty wheels and an ergonomic handle for easy push or pull operation. Lids remain firmly
in place even during transport. Suitable for outdoor use even in temps. as low as 0°F.
Trash Container Opening Primary Item
Capacity D W H Closure Type Container Color No.
50 gal 34 1⁄2 in 24" 39 3⁄4 in Step-On Blue 53PY34
50 gal 34 1⁄2 in 24" 39 3⁄4 in Step-On Gray 53PY33
.6111” 65 gal 39 3⁄64 in 25 1⁄2" 44 3⁄4 in Step-On Gray 53PY39
SPINE 65 gal 32 21⁄64 in 25 1⁄4" 41 3⁄4 in Lift Up Gray 1EC45
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 93

CLEANING

31DK84

31DK43
4CU29

LLDPE Coreless Roll Trash Bags

• Coreless HDPE Coreless Roll Trash Bags
Carefully constructed liners feature top quality LLDPE resins • Clear bags
to add increased film strength with superior puncture resistance. Perfect for soft refuse and nonsharp objects under moderate
Max. Pkg. Item
transportation conditions. Convenient, easy-to-handle coreless
Cap. W H Thickness Load Qty. No. rolls allow efficient dispensing and inventory control.
Black Max. Pkg. Item
60 gal 38 in 58 in 1.2 mil 75 lb 100 31DK84 Cap. W H Thickness Load Qty. No.
Clear 33 gal 33 in 40 in 16 micron 75 lb 250 4KN33
33 gal 33 in 39 in 0.45 mil 30 lb 250 31DK33 40 to 45 gal 40 in 48 in 12 micron 45 lb 250 4KN39
40 to 45 gal 40 in 46 in 1.1 mil 70 lb 100 31DK43 40 to 45 gal 40 in 48 in 16 micron 75 lb 250 4KN40
56 gal 42 1⁄2 in 48 in 1.1 mil 70 lb 100 31DK44 56 gal 43 in 48 in 16 micron 75 lb 200 4KN42
60 gal 38 in 58 in 1.2 mil 75 lb 100 31DK45 60 gal 38 in 60 in 16 micron 75 lb 200 4KN37
60 gal 38 in 58 in 1.7 mil 90 lb 100 31DK47 60 gal 38 in 60 in 22 micron 85 lb 150 4CU29

5AU51
3CCT8
Puncture-Resistant LLDPE Bags
Contractor Clean-Up—Highly puncture- and tear-resistant Blue LLDPE
bags are made from Linear Low-Density Polyethylene (LLDPE). Trash Bags
Star seal bottom with no side seams helps prevent leakage.
Coreless roll. • Coreless
Drum Liner—Linear Low Density Polyethylene bags are extra Ideal for recyclables included in bag-based municipal curbside
thick for extreme heavy-duty applications. Flat pack. recycling programs. Convenient for transporting recyclables to
Max. Pkg. Item
community programs. Imprinted with recycling symbol.
Description Cap. W H Thickness Load Color Qty. No. Pkg. Item
Contractor Cap. W H Thickness Max. Load Qty. No.
42 gal 33 in 48 in 3 mil 120 lb Black 20 5AU51 .6111”
Clean-up 38 gal 30 in 46 in 1.2 mil 75 lb 100 31DL07
Drum Liner 60 gal 38 in 58 in 4 mil 130 lb Clear 50 3CCT8 40 to 45 gal 40 in 46 in 1.2 mil 75 lb 100 31DL08 SPINE
safe area

94 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643) CLEANING

21YG56
Shop Vacuums 21YG58
Pair with attachments for 21YG59
optimum performance.
Commercial vacuums have a
single-stage or 2-stage motor
that allows more frequent use
than general purpose shop
vacuums. They are commonly
used to clean up dirt and
liquid spills in professional
office, school, or retail clean-
ing applications.
Tank Tank Vacuum Vacuum Peak Item
Size Material Hose Dia. Air Flow Horsepower Includes No.
10 gal Brush, Crevice 21YG56
Plastic Tool, Floor Tool, 21YG58
17 gal
1 1⁄2 in 114 cfm 1 5⁄8 hp Hose, Squeegee
20 gal Stainless Attachment, 21YG59
Steel Wand

Portable Wet/Dry Vacuums

• Plastic tank
These shop vacuums are lightweight, compact units that
can be carried around the jobsite to clean up liquid spills
or dirt and debris. They plug into a nearby electric outlet,
so they're ready for use without having to wait for a battery
pack to recharge. These units take up less storage space
than a full-size shop vacuum.
Tank Peak Vacuum Static Item
Size Horsepower Current Air Flow Pressure No.
2 gal 1 1⁄2 hp 5A 40 cfm 58 in 61HV76
3 gal 3 hp 8A 60 cfm 56 in 61HV77 61HV76 61HV77 61HV79
4 gal 5 hp 9A 73 cfm 53 in 61HV79

Wet/Dry Vacuum
Rolls to cleanup sites to vacuum spills and debris.
Features large rear wheel dolly, metal transport handle and deluxe 8-piece
2.5 in. diameter tool set.
Peak Average Vacuum Static Power Cord Item
Tank Size Tank Material Horsepower Current Brush Life Air Flow Pressure Length No.
16 gal Stainless Steel 6 hp 10.5 A 600 hr 120 cfm 72 in 18 ft 61HV87

FIND MORE
ONLINE Drum-Top Vacuum Head
Can’t find it here? Heads form strong suction to clean up wet and dry spills.
They attach to a 55-gallon drum and have an elec-
Go to [Link]® today tric motor to connect to an electric power source.
to see our full selection of Since they have no tank, they can be moved from
over 1.5 million products drum to drum as needed. Vacuum heads also
and the services and transfer liquids from tanks and drain pits.

.6111”
solutions to help you get Peak HP Amps Average Brush Life
Static
Pressure
Air
Flow
Item
No.
SPINE it done! 6 1⁄2 13 1,000 hr 120 in 115 cfm 48GP71
safe area

Sign in or register on [Link]® to view your pricing. 95

SECTION
Connecting with Grainger
Website: To register, sign in at [Link]®. After-Hours Emergency Service Call:
1-800-CALL-WWG (1-800-225-5994).
Phone: 1-800-GRAINGER (472-4643). If you are a Grainger account holder* and need a product immediately,
Mobile App: Download at the App Store or Google Play. even after business hours, call us and we’ll open your local branch
(available in most markets and a $50 fee may apply).
Branch: See [Link] for your nearest branch. *We can establish a new account for business customers at the time of the emergency call if you do not
have an account with us.

Terms of Sale
SUMMARY TERMS & CONDITIONS CATALOG PRODUCT INFORMATION
Terms: The term "Customer" includes business customers ("Business Information about the products in the Grainger catalog is provided by the
Customers") as well as individuals, and the term Business Customers manufacturer and/or supplier. Every attempt is made to publish complete
includes, but is not limited to, government, institutional, and educational and accurate data but, because changes happen continuously, the timeli-
customers. By placing an order, Customers accept and agree to Grainger’s ness and accuracy of information cannot be guaranteed. Grainger reserves
Terms of Sale, the full text of which can be found at [Link] and are the right to revise publishing errors in its catalogs.
incorporated herein by reference. The Terms of Sale contain a provision
that any disputes will be resolved on an individual basis through arbitration. SATISFACTION GUARANTEE TO ALL CUSTOMERS
Grainger reserves the right to: (i) revise the Terms of Sale as found on Customer should contact Grainger if not satisfied with a product for
[Link] at any time; (ii) accept or reject any order; (iii) limit the quantity any reason. Grainger will promptly provide an exchange or refund if the
of items purchased per order; and (iv) limit the number of orders that can product is returned within 30 days of invoice with proof of purchase from
be placed per day. Grainger does not guarantee the availability of specific Grainger.
quantities of any product listed in this Catalog at time of order placement. GRAINGER LIMITED WARRANTY
Prices: “Web Prices” displayed on [Link]: (i) are offered to
Customers that do not have other pricing arrangements with Grainger; (ii) ALL PRODUCTS SOLD TO CUSTOMERS ARE WARRANTED BY
are subject to the Terms of Sale on [Link]; (iii) are available for orders GRAINGER ONLY FOR: (i) USE IN RESALE OR; (ii) USE IN BUSINESS OR
placed on [Link], by phone, or at Grainger branch locations; (iv) do GOVERNMENT. GRAINGER WARRANTS PRODUCTS AGAINST DEFECTS
not include freight, handling fees, taxes, and/or duties; and (v) are subject IN WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIALS UNDER NORMAL USE FOR ONE (1)
to change or correction at any time and without notice. Business Customers YEAR AFTER DATE OF INVOICE FROM GRAINGER, UNLESS OTHERWISE
that have other pricing arrangements with Grainger can view their prices and STATED. AT GRAINGER’S OPTION, THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY
the applicable prices to which discounts, if any, are applied, when logged into PRODUCT IT DETERMINES TO BE DEFECTIVE IN WORKMANSHIP OR
their [Link] account. Export orders may be subject to other special MATERIALS WILL BE REPAIR, REPLACEMENT OR REFUND OF THE
pricing. PURCHASE PRICE.
Sales Tax: Customers are responsible for payment of all applicable taxes, or WARRANTY DISCLAIMER
providing a valid sales tax exemption certificate.
Shipping Charges: All Products are shipped F.O.B. shipping point with all & LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
costs imposed by the carrier related to the shipment paid by Grainger and a. WARRANTY DISCLAIMER. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH HEREIN AND
charged to Customer on Customer's invoice. Receipts for freight charges WHERE PERMITTED, NO WARRANTY OR AFFIRMATION OF FACT OR
will not be furnished. C.O.D. shipments are not permitted. Fuel surcharges DESCRIPTION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IS MADE OR AUTHORIZED
and other surcharges may be applied. Title and risk of loss pass to Customer BY GRAINGER. GRAINGER DISCLAIMS ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
upon tender of the shipment to carrier. WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
Payment Terms: Grainger accepts cash, checks, money orders, Visa, PURPOSE OR NONINFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
MasterCard, Discover, and American Express. For business customers RIGHTS. GRAINGER ALSO DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY FOR CLAIMS
with established Grainger credit, payment terms are net 30 days from the ARISING OUT OF PRODUCT MISUSE, IMPROPER PRODUCT SELECTION,
date of shipment or pick-up. If payment is not received within the 30-day IMPROPER INSTALLATION, PRODUCT MODIFICATION, MISREPAIR OR
period, Grainger may defer or cancel all or part of any shipment or order. MISAPPLICATION.
Anticipation and cash discounts are not allowed.
Product Returns: For Grainger's current product return policy and b. LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY. ANY LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL,
instructions, go to [Link]/returns. Grainger does not take title to INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES IS
returned products until the item is received by Grainger at the applicable EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED TO THE EXTENT PERMISSIBLE. FOR BUSINESS
return location. Proof of purchase is required in all cases. Product returns CUSTOMERS, GRAINGER’S LIABILITY IN ALL EVENTS IS LIMITED TO THE
may be denied or made subject to restocking fees and other charges by PURCHASE PRICE PAID FOR THE PRODUCT THAT GIVES RISE TO ANY
Grainger. LIABILITY.
Product Substitution: Products and/or country of origin may be substituted
and may not be identical to descriptions and/or images in this Catalog or on CERTAIN STATE LAWS DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON IMPLIED
[Link]. WARRANTIES OR THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF CERTAIN
Other Products and Services: Orders for export and products and services DAMAGES. IF THESE LAWS APPLY, SOME OR ALL OF THE ABOVE
not listed in this Catalog are subject to separate terms and conditions; see DISCLAIMERS, EXCLUSIONS, OR LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY AND
[Link]. OTHER RIGHTS MAY BE AVAILABLE.

COMPLIANCE AND PRODUCT INFORMATION

Product information and Safety Data Sheets (“SDS”) are supplied by the agency in your state. In order to determine the federal standards applicable to
manufacturers. GRAINGER MAKES NO WARRANTIES AND EXPRESSLY the products you purchase for use in or for potable water applications, visit
DISCLAIMS ALL LIABILITY FOR ACCURACY OF THE PRODUCT [Link] For identification of products
INFORMATION OR ANY SDS. impacted by these regulations, go to [Link].
To Request an SDS: Log on to [Link] and click on the California Proposition 65: California Proposition 65 is a regulatory notice
“View the Safety Data Sheet” (SDS) for this item, email requirement that entitles California consumers to special warnings for any
[Link]@[Link], or write to: one of the over 800-listed chemicals that California regulators have deemed to
Grainger, Dept. B1L57, 100 Grainger Parkway, Lake Forest, IL 60045, U.S.A. expose consumers to cancer or reproductive harm if consumers are exposed
Refrigerant Customers: In accordance with the Federal Clean Air Act, sale to those chemicals above certain threshold levels. The required warnings are
of Class 1 (CFC) and Class 2 (HCFC) refrigerant will be restricted to resale as follows:
purchases and/or to certified professional service technicians. To purchase
regulated refrigerant products, all customers must present a certification WARNING: Certain products in this catalog can expose you to
card or sign a statement of resale to complete the purchase. chemicals which are known to the State of California to cause
Product Compliance and Suitability: Grainger does not guarantee birth defects or other reproductive harm. For more information
compliance or suitability of the products it sells with any laws, codes or go to [Link].
regulations, nor does Grainger accept responsibility for construction,
installation, and/or use of a product. Customer is solely responsible for WARNING: Certain products in this catalog can
reliance on or use of any product information, and for use or application of expose you to chemicals which are known to the
any product. State of California to cause cancer. For more information
Availability: Certain products may not be available for sale in all areas. go to [Link].
Energy and Water Efficiency Information:
For identification of products and related information, go to [Link]. If you have questions about whether any product that you are interested
Purchasers of Products Used with or for Potable Water: in ordering falls under California Proposition 65’s warning requirements,
The Federal Safe Drinking Water Act and regulations in CA, LA, MD, and VT please visit our website at [Link] with reference to that product.
prohibit plumbing products (including, but not limited to pipes, pipe fittings, Similarly, if you have any questions about Proposition 65 itself, please visit
solder, flux, plumbing fitting, etc.) used to convey water for human consumption [Link] or the California regulatory agency website at
that are not "lead free," as defined by the regulations. In order to determine your [Link]. .6111”
particular state's standards applicable to the products you purchase for use in or SPINE
for potable water applications, direct your inquiries to the appropriate regulatory safe area

96 Find even MORE at [Link]/warehouse

 KnowHow
®

Our KnowHow site is your online source for

news, insights, videos and interactive content.

> Safety resources

> Emergency preparedness
> Product guides
> Original research
> And more

Visit [Link]/knowhow

Discover online solutions that help save time

and provide an easier way to manage safety-
related issues. Turn to Grainger for:

• Powerful ways to track and maintain your

EH&S data, audits, inspections, training and more
• Vetted service providers committed to quality
• Flexible services tailored to your business

It’s not about just fixing problems; Grainger

EH&S Digital Services help provide you
freedom to concentrate on what matters
most to your business.

Discover how Grainger EH&S Digital Services fit into

your plans for success at [Link]/digitalservices
Contact your Grainger rep for details, availability and eligibility. Services are
provided by third-party providers and may be subject to a fee and agreement.

Contact your Grainger rep for details, availability and eligibility. Services are
provided by third-party providers and may be subject to a fee and agreement.
Supplies and Solutions for Every Industry ®
1951 Norman Drive
Waukegan, IL 60085

QUALITY PRODUCTS
FROM THE BRANDS
YOU KNOW & TRUST
SAFETY
MATERIAL HANDLING
PACKAGING
BOXES
ADHESIVES & SEALANTS
HAND & POWER TOOLS

You deal with a lot... LIGHTING

You don’t have to do it alone. FLEET & VEHICLE MAINTENANCE

OFFICE SUPPLIES
We’re here to help with: PAINT, EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES

> FAST DELIVERY LUBRICATION

> FREE ACCESS TO EXPERTS WITH ANSWERS HVAC & REFRIGERATION

> OVER 250 BRANCHES NATIONWIDE CLEANING

> KEEPSTOCK INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS
®

> SERVICES THAT GIVE YOU THE FREEDOM TO GROW

CALL, CLICK, STOP BY®

©2022 W.W. Grainger, Inc. W-EXFS191 G0672
The Grainger Shipping Box design is a registered trademark of W.W. Grainger, Inc.